Home

caution - Azbil North America

1. Fixed screw MODE gt a three places Mode key Increment key Right shift key Decrement key Hole when it rotates 90 Figure 1 10 Display Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 1 13 Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation Terminal box Description The terminal box houses the output signal terminals Names of various parts Figure 1 10 shows the structure and names of various parts of the terminal box Internal grounding terminal Conduit for X an output X signal line Terminal box cover External grounding X terminal Figure 1 11 Terminal box details Internal grounding terminal Terminal for Terminal for pulse output contact output power supply signal 4 20mA Terminal for power supply signal 4 20 mA Terminal for pulse output contact output Internal grounding terminal Figure 1 12 2 Terminal block remote type Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Model
2. T ET Ecc d Parts number Qty Parts number Qty SUS316 2 5 5 80380151 00100 1 HS311240 06000 1 10 80380151 00200 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 15 80380151 00300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 25 80380648 00900 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 40 80380648 00100 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 50 80380648 00200 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 65 80380648 00300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 80 80380648 00400 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 100 80380648 00500 1 HS311240 06000 1 150 80380648 00700 1 HS311240 06000 1 200 80380648 00800 1 HS311240 06000 1 ASTM B575 2 5 5 80380152 00100 1 HS311240 06000 1 Hastelloy C 10 80380152 00200 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 276 equivalent 15 80380152 00300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 25 80380630 00100 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 40 80380631 00100 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 50 80380632 00100 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 65 80380633 00100 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 80 80380634 00100 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 100 80380635 00100 1 HS311240 06000 1 150 80380637 00100 1 HS311240 06000 1 200 80380638 00100 1 HS311240 06000 1 Titanium 2 5 5 80380152 30100 1 HS311240 06000 1 10 80380152 30200 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 15 80380152 30300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 25 80380630 00200 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 40 8038063 1 00200 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 50 80380632 00200 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 65 80380633 00200 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 80 80380634 00200 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 100 80380635 00200 1 HS311240 06000 1 150 80380637 00200 1 HS311240 06000 1 200 8
3. Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C res poc Parts number Qty Parts number Qty Tantalum 2 5 5 803806 14 00300 1 HS3 14203 05000 1 10 80380615 00300 1 HS3 14203 05000 1 15 80380616 00300 1 HS3 14203 05000 1 25 80380617 00300 1 HS3 14203 05000 1 40 80380618 00300 1 HS3 11230 06000 1 50 80380619 00300 1 HS3 11230 06000 1 65 80380620 00300 1 HS3 11230 06000 1 80 80380621 00300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 100 80380622 00300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 150 80380624 00300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 200 80380625 00300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 Platinum 2 5 5 80380614 00400 1 HS3 14203 05000 1 10 80380615 00400 1 HS3 14203 05000 1 15 803806 16 00400 1 HS3 14203 05000 1 25 80380617 00400 1 HS3 14203 05000 1 40 80380618 00400 1 HS3 11230 06000 1 50 80380619 00400 1 HS3 11230 06000 1 65 80380620 00400 1 HS3 11230 06000 1 80 80380621 00400 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 100 80380622 00400 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 150 80380624 00400 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 200 80380625 00400 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 Gasket zd Parts number Qty PTFE 2 5 5 80380613 00100 1 10 803806 13 00200 1 15 803806 13 00300 1 25 80380613 00400 1 40 80380613 00500 1 50 80380613 00600 1 65 80380613 00700 1 80 80380613 00800 1 100 803806 13 00900 1 150 80380613 01100 1 200 80380613 01200 1 8 15 Maintenance and troubleshooting Yamatake Corporation 8 16 Table 8 5 Flange type grounding ring assembly
4. 6 58 Select pulse output contact output DIGITAL I O function 6 60 Setting contact output status DIGITAL I O function 6 62 Checking output of contact output DI DO CHECK function 6 64 Adjusting analog current output CORRECT DAC 6 66 Calibrating gain constant GAIN CAL function 6 68 Resetting the internal data to factory setting default SHIP DATA RECOV function 6 70 Displaying totalized value READ TOTAL function 6 71 Checking pulse output PULSE OUTPUT 6 72 Setting pulse scale and pulse scale unit PULSE CONFIGURE function 6 74 Setting pulse width PULSE CONFIGURE function sese 6 76 Setting dropout PULSE CONFIGURE function 6 78 Setting counter reset function RESET TOTALZE function 6 80 Chapter 7 Operation using HART communicator 7 1 Preparation for communication verification and cautions on use 7 1 7 1 1 Wiring between converter and HART 7 1 7 1 2 Two wired magflow meter converter setting sssssssssseseeeee 7 2 7 1 3
5. Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Confirm that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX CLR READY No D If it is not press the key to set it SFCHOOOORDUUD to READY 2 Press the key to access the MAGNEW CONFIG CALIBRATE MENU CONFIG functions Press the rd H vt key or key to show the screen here to the right or PREV 3 SE ress the ey to access the B P th key t th CALIBRATE MENU DIDO CHECK CALIBRATE function press the key to display the screen as shown on the right or 4 NON VOL Press the key DIDO CHECK The screen shown as shown on the right ARE YOUSUREI appears and you will be asked whether you want to check the contact output 5 NON VOL woes Press the key to access the DI DIDO CHECK ENTER DO CHECK function Press the T auc 3 key or key to show the screen HES here to the right or Present contact output status appears 6 DE CONF MENU ITEM Press the key and select the status to be set You can select OPEN or CLOSE DIIDO CHECK D1 DO OPEN SFCMO0006112D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Key Procedure SFC screen 7 NON VOL A Press the DI DO CHECK ENTER The changed setting is saved to the ENTERED NSFC SFC SFCM0
6. 6 71 PULSE OUTPUT Checks pulse output value sse 6 72 PULSE CONFIGURE Sets pulse scale and pulse scale unit 6 74 Sets pulse widths ccs eti ert 6 76 Sets drOpOUtss e rene eredi 6 78 RESET TOTALIZE Resets flow rate counter essere 6 80 Do not operate the following screen from the calibration menu Operating this screen will erase all data entered in the electromagnetic flow meter CALIBRATION MENU INIT DATA RECOV SFCMO00008003D 6 16 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Hierarchical structure of CONFIG functions Hierarchic structure chart Each functions of SFC form a hierarchical structure Before setting using the SFC check the positions of the respective sub functions with the supplied hierarchical structure chart The SFC screen displays only two lines and so if it is not clear which hierarchy is shown see the hierarchy chart on page 6 17 SFC hierarchical structure chart Commands Commands Commands Starts communication Set tag no DAMP Sets damping time UNIT Sets unit URV 100 URV Sets range COEFF Sets correction coefficient OUTPUT Outputs 4 20 mA INPUT ZERO Auto zero calibration gt UNIT Spec Gra CONF UNIT KEY Set system of units Sets specific
7. You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 15 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 5 3 Setting of built in counter reset value Set a start value of the built in counter The scale of this value is considered as the weight of the pulse Carry out the built in counter reset in Section 5 4 5 to start totalization from any totalized value Set range 00000000 99999999 Default 00000000 Set an internal counter reset value in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 The screen at the right is a screen display example in MEASURING MODE measurement state 20 0 32 Press the MODE key 01 94 mih WPO 00069401 2 The OPERATOR S MODE screen appears for approx two seconds and then the damping setting 20 0 screen appears OPERATOR S MODE 20 0 DAMPING 005 0 s 3 Press the T key twice to display the screen 20 0 CNT RESET VALUE 00044444 4 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under a target value to be changed 20 0 CNT RESET VALUE 00000000 5 Press or 4 key to set a desired value 20 0 96 CNT RESET VALUE 00005000 6 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under 20 0 Press the MDOE
8. EQ 7 43 7 4 Short cut commands and menus for HART communicator 7 44 Table of Contents 7 4 1 7 4 2 Short Cut KEYS eens pein eens edn conti 7 44 MERU BUT RO recente MILK 7 45 Chapter 8 Maintenance and troubleshooting 8 1 8 1 1 8 1 2 8 2 8 3 8 3 1 8 3 2 8 3 3 Outline of this chapter as A A E ania te tie 8 1 Maintenance and inspection of parts 8 2 Replacement of indicator data setting device 8 2 Replacement of the electronic unit for the ATEX Ex dmbia NEPSI Ex dmia model 8 3 Troubleshooting 2 opener eae cine 8 6 Types of troubles coectetuer nta tah is Sis tette ate conica 8 6 Troubles eR E NIU NIA i 8 7 Troubles during operatiorn necne ede de Leite Leda Pe o 8 8 EPLIcWg rcc 8 9 Spare parts for integral type eren nenne sten nne 8 9 Spare parts for remote type converter 8 11 Spare parts for remote type detector sssssssssssssssese ener 8 13 List of Figures amp Tables lt Figures gt Figure 1 1 Conceptual drawing of measuring sy
9. Item Contents Screen PLS WID Sets the output pulse width 20 0 96 PLS 10 000 Hz WID 0010 ms DROP OUT Sets drop out 20 0 DROPOUT 10 LOW FLOW CUT Sets low flow cut 20 0 LOW FLOW CUT 10 HI ALM LOW ALM Sets upper lower limit alarm 20 0 HI AIM 100 LO AIM 0 ERROR OUT MODE Determines the analog output 1 OUT failsafe direction 20 0 ERROR OUT MODE OUT HOLD ERROR OUT MODE Determines the pulse output failsafe P OUT direction 20 0 ERROR OUT MODE P OUT HOLD ST OUT MODE Sets a contact output status 20 0 ST OUTMODE NORMAL CLOSE Note After the MODE key is pressed configured data in the ENGINEERING MODE are saved in non volatile memory When configure data be sure to press the MODE key to save the data Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 39 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation LCD display flow The ENGINEERING MODE display flow is as follows ENGINEERING MODE ID SET XXXXXXXX t FUNC SET PULSE t ao a EX 300 0 MTG DIA 200 t L C1 1 0000 C2 1 0234 t J Hn 1 0000 m s SPAN 7 0690 m3 h by ofa 1 0000 bt ofa COEFFICIENT 1 0000 bt MF PLS 10 000 Hz SCL 196 36 m3 P HI ALM
10. Acceptable X Unacceptable 4 Flange The liquid could leak because of Welding Welding the small area of contact with the gasket A Pipe Figure 2 10 Flange shape Note Before installing the detector be sure to flush out any foreign matter that may be present inside the detector Residual foreign matter could cause output fluctuations Do not touch the electrodes by your hand or waste cloth with oil It could cause output fluctuations Install the detector in accordance with the flow direction mark on the detector with the direction of the liquid flow Misalignment could result in a negative output Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 13 Instrument installation Yamatake Corporation Before installing the detector make sure that the pipe is exactly straight and centered Any irregularity in these respects could cause leakage or other hazards Tilted pipe Off center Figure 2 11 Examples of unacceptable installations 1 Never attempt to force the detector between two piping flanges when the space is too narrow It can damage the detector Figure 2 12 Examples of unacceptable installations 2 Note Z WARNING Ensure the bore diameters of the pipe an
11. 2 18 Installation on vertical pipe niini tendit eene nnne ennemi nns 2 19 Installation on metal pipe 1 2 20 Installation on metal pipe 2 eene nennen enne entere sensere 2 21 Table of Contents 2 2 2 2 2 3 Installation on PVC pipe 1 ia Installation on PVG pipe 2 Rene D Rete Rd Rao teme Installation a flange type detector sss ene enne Basic installation method hi n ees hebes Accessory parts for installation Selecting an installation method essssssssesssssssee eene Installation on metal pipe 1 Installation on metal pipe 2 eene nennen enne Installation on PVG pipe 1 iie erre petere usec deed canvases Installation on PVC pipe 2 Installation of remote type converter Chapter 3 Electrical wiring 3 1 Outline of this Chapter E cde Era D Electrical wiring
12. 2 32 Figure 2 30 Installation using SUS material grounding ring see 2 33 Figure 2 31 Installation using SUS material grounding ring with protective plate 2 34 Figure 2 32 Installation using SUS material grounding ring with rubber gasket 2 34 Figure 2 33 Installation using Non SUS material grounding ring 2 35 Figure 2 34 Installation using Non SUS material grounding ring with protective plate 2 36 Figure 2 35 Installation using Non SUS material grounding ring with rubber gasket 2 36 Figure 2 36 Wall mounting eese eene nennen A 2 37 Figure 2 37 2 inch pipe mounting oe ee sse ener ennemis 2 37 Figure 3 1 1 Supply power voltage load resistance characteristics cess 3 3 Figure 3 1 2 Terminal block Integral type 3 3 Figure 3 1 3 Terminal block Remote type cceeecceeseceseeseeseeseeeceseeeeeeeeeeeeneeceaeeeseeeaeeaees 3 4 Figure 3 2 Grounding procedure that uses internal grounding terminal 3 6 Figure 3 3 Grounding procedure that uses external grounding terminal 3 6 Figure 3 4 Wire connection 3 7 Figure 3 5 Wire connection diagram When inputting to the sequence controller etc 3 7 Figure 3 6 Pulse output wire connection diagram eese 3 8 Figure 3 7 Con
13. SFCM00006009D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 43 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Setting or changing low flow cutoff CUT OFF function Introduction When a fluid in the detector is flowing extremely slowly the converter judges that the fluid is stationary and outputs a signal 4 mA DC in case of analog output equivalent to a flow rate of zero The value which becomes the threshold of this judgment is called low flow cutoff The low flow cutoff is set using a percentage over the upper range value of the flow rate measurement range set by the URV CAUTION The low flow cutoff 15 a factor of extreme importance that affects the operation of the entire control process Define the range to be controlled and start the setting carefully Procedure Use the following procedure to set low flow cutoff Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Confirm that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX cee READY No 5 EJ If it is not press the key to set it to READY 2 Press the key to access the MagneW CONFIG CONFIG functions RANGE CONFIG 3 NON VOL P h one k es ress the ey MAGNEW CONFIG Yes WORKING SFCM00006020D Press the key NEXT DE CONF 8 Q gt Pressing the key changes a RANGE CONFIG TEM numeric value to the right of CUT CUT
14. sss nennen enne 1 14 Figure 1 12 1 Terminal block integral type sess 1 14 Figure 1 12 2 Terminal block remote type ener 1 14 Figure 1 13 Process fluid temperature and pressure limit for model MTG18A 1 17 Figure 1 14 Process fluid temperature and pressure limit for model MTG18B 1 37 Figure 2 1 Example ofmstallati n rere eet mee ite 2 4 Figure 2 2 Straight pipe section upstream of detector D Nominal detector bore diameter 2 4 Figure 2 3 Maintenance Spate x fac tiates 2 5 Figure 2 4 Change the direction of converter sese 2 6 Figure 2 5 Changing the display data setting device 2 8 Figure 2 6 Movable range of display data setting amp 1 2 9 Figure 2 7 Cable length m between converter and detector ssssssssssss 2 10 Figure 2 8 Cable length m between converter and detector sssssssssssss 2 10 Figure 2 9 Device installation example 2 11 Figure 2 10 5 DH t e TE 2 13 Figure 2 11 Examples of unacceptable installations 1 seen 2 14 Figure 2 12 Examples of unacceptable installations 2 seen 2 14 Figure 2 13 Horizontal centering of the detec
15. sse 8 13 Table2 1 F stening torque cct rece es Le eret tente o e Une ea ee ia 2 12 Table 2 2 Recommended internal diameters of 1 2 15 Table 2 3 Table 2 4 Table 2 5 Table 2 6 Table 6 1 Table 6 2 Table 6 3 Table 6 4 Table 6 5 Table 6 6 Table 6 7 List of Figures amp Tables Internal and external diameters of rubber gaskets 0 5 to 1 mm thick 2 15 Internal and external diameter of rubber gaskets 3 to 4 mm thick 2 15 Fastening torque 2 tte evene irme nett it is Mess Pts CD TET 2 26 Recommended internal diameters of gaskets sssssseeeee 2 28 Spare parts for integral eene emen 6 7 Spare parts for remote type converter Model MTGI1B eee 6 9 Spare parts for remote type detector Mode MTG1 1B 6 10 Wafer type grounding ring ens 6 11 Flange type grounding ring 2 nnns 6 13 Through bolt and nut required 1 set per detector 6 15 Centering tool for wafer type detector required 4 pcs per detector 6 17 List of Figures amp Tables Chapter 1 Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Outline of this chapter This chapter presents the
16. LCD display flow The screen flow of CRITICAL MODE is as follows gt ROM VER 3 00 DATE 02 07 15 a fn gt SHIPPING DATA RECOVERY READY A CAUTION t I INITIAL DATA RECOVERY function is for Yamatake service CAUTION gt INITIAL DATA maintenance specialist RECOVERY READY Please DO NOT use this function t 1 If this function is turned ON all L calibrated data will be missing The OUTPUT CHECK device needs to be back to the factory MODE OFF to calibrate again 5 74 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 7 9 Displaying ROM version and date Displaying ROM version The ROM version and date of the converter can be displayed on the display screen Display the ROM version and data in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter MAINTENANCE in accordance with the entry into MAINTENANCE MODE see 20 0 section 5 5 9 on page 5 36 Using the or 4 key z ca pln display the screen at right 2 Press the T key twice to display the screen at right 20 0 96 gt CRITICAL MODE OFF 3 Press the key to move the cursor to the OFF position Then press the key to switch the 20 0 display from OFF to ON gt CRITICAL MODE ON 4 After the entry into CRITICAL MODE the screen at right appears On the screen the R
17. Two wired magnetic flowmeter Host ID LI Remote type Pulse output input Grounding Pulse output receiving function The most effective grounding Signal receiver method is direct connection to open collector earth ground with minimal impedance Figure 1 4 2 System configuration for analog output 2 Remote type control system 1 5V Analog signal Two wired magnetic flowmeter Measures flow rate and outputs the instantaneous flow rate value as an analog signal Communicator Used to communicate with this instrument read data and change the instrument data settings Pulse output receiver equipment It receiver the pulse output and displays the totalized value Note Open collector pulse output method using the transistor contact 1 6 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure System configuration for digital output DE output System configuration In the system configuration shown below the flow rate measurements database and self diagnosis results of this instrument are output on the DE digital enhanced protocol which is a communication protocol for digital signals When it uses the pulse output or the contact output together and the wiring of the flowmeter pulse output and the contact output are same as mentioned is the System configuration on page 1 5 and page
18. 0 06 DI4NOD DIANOD TONYA fey N3Hd lX3N DIANOD M eubew VIG NOLOZISG poy guia VIVO WOlozisG fox le fey YILNI M DIJNOO SONVH XLVG HNOLOSILING DI ANOD Meuse M y eiaNoo M OBEN pa Y SUONOUNJ Gns Jeujo OL k k e NR fen JNOO AGVUH DIANOD LIXA XXXXXXXX OVW XXXXXXXX OWN Ao YILNI Aue SIANO 94 0 sKey 470 LAIHS y uy pue uoJeielu jueJeyip e 1o9jes WALI NNIN uoJ amp 1elu y ui jueJayip e jo9jes oj Ad3sd LX3N uoJ amp 1elu y euo pue ueaJos y uo uorjsenb e J9 SUe 0 O uoJeJelu Y ui JAMO y uo e S9A JeMsue YILNI Ge Vx x the u8819S uoroeJejul Jo S NY Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 18 Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 6 2 2 Setting using SFC communication 1 setting using key assigned functions Starting communication ID DE READ key CAUTION Before starting communication between the SFC in a system with analog output and the converter be sure to change the control loop to manual control This is to prevent
19. Lsmneci Hegnet caliber wien ABORT Figure 7 55 AGH 1 Figure 7 56 Hit MACGHEVITW IXXXXXXXxX Chess qaim P1593 1 Hains i Ind Figure 7 57 mmi DES MAGNHEW IW EEE XXX XX ima an Mage alibi alus wait 17u om Figure 7 58 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator 5 Figure 7 59 will then appear When executing the adjustment press F4 ENTER to start the adjustment 6 Figure 7 60 will then appear Please wait until the adjustment completes 7 After the gain adjustment has been completed display shown in Figure 7 61 appears Gain adjustment of 0 0 m s is now completed For gain adjustment of 2 5 m s and 10 m s follow the same procedures as shown in above Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C H it X MAGHEVWAIVI X X XXXXXX Stat aim ban ANORT Figure 7 59 Hi ih X MAGHEVWAZVI X XXXXXXX Waiting fer gain 0 m x te completa AIDGRBRT Figure 7 60 ih X MACGHEW2W XXXxXXXXX ikain n m complets ART Us Figure 7 61 7 31 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation Pulse output adjustment 7 32 To adjust the pulse output proceed as follows 1 From online menu Select 1 Device setup gt 2 Diag Service gt 3 Calibration 5 Pulse trim Figure 7 62 will th
20. AJYd LXIN fe fe A3d LX3N Koy Adeld LX3N noce D T T e ars hb TuS TS ig cache i d d OS NSISHVIG V ON Siva MO II dSIG 45 NOLOZIZG viva wologaiga exwWall WOIOSISG 1 NNINWN IANOD SDNVH i DIANOD TONYA IANOD SDNVH fe WALI ANNIN punoj jou si fey A3sid LX3N fey N3sd LX3N 4 pueo fejdsip uym PE SI RWSL ee ar ANN SdAL NNIW WNN AJAL la 1 i NOIOSISG fey WALI fey WALI viva VIVO NOIOSISG 7 z0 No aao ino No aao 1n2 No aao zn9 me z NIL s Mui nNaW DIANOD HONVN DI4NOO SDNVN DIANOD HONVN DOW foxWall NOIOSISG i fIN3A ANAW j Y 10 00 NO 4d0 109 440 440 1025 i MAS AWS NAW Et OWS i IANOD sowvs A WILI IANOD gonva IANOD SDNVH wolo3izq faya Viva woioszza fey yay viva wologiaa i NNINW d fey AJAd LXIN 7 ONT IOM S IDNIS SONVH 7 ENTXNOM 0 00
21. Upstream 90 degree bend Detector Diverging pipe section Detector with a cone angle gt 15 Z5 lt 15 considered as straight pipe section 5D or over 100 or over T Converging pipe section Detector considered as Detector straight pipe section 5D or over 5D or over Gate valve fully open Valve of various types Detector Detector 5D or over 10D or over Figure 2 2 Straight pipe section upstream of detector D Nominal detector bore diameter Pump of various types 10D or over 2 4 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation No straight pipe section is basically needed on the downstream side However ensure 2D or over if influences of drift are foreseen Select an installation location where there is no major flow pulsation or vibration away from a pump Ensure adequate maintenance space Figure 2 3 Maintenance space Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 5 Instrument installation Yamatake Corporation Method of changing the direction of converter In some location the direction of the converter may be unsuitable if the detector is installed as it was shipped In this case the converter can be repositioned before installation The direction of the detector and the converter integral type can be changed using the procedure described below
22. 6 SHIPPING DATA RECOVER starts The display will change as shown on the screen at 20 0 gt SHIPPING DATA TENE RECOVERY 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 HEHEHEENEHEEEENH SELF CHECK MODE 7 When SHIPPING DATA RECOVERY ends the data settings return to those at the time of 20 0 shipping and then the MEASURING MODE 01 94 mh screen reappears WPO 00069401 5 76 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 8 Description of Error Messages Introduction Errors are classified into critical failure and non critical failure Critical failure Critical failure may obstruct the electromagnetic flowmeter operation if not corrected ultimately damage the flowmeter When critical failure occurs during operation an error message will appear on the converter s display and the electromagnetic flowmeter will continue to output the preset value in the abnormality treatment failsafe direction The error message and the self diagnostic results will be visible on the display Perform the proper correction measures referring to the actions below Error code of serious trouble Error Error content Action LCD display code Err 02 CPU ROM RAM 1 Restore power CHECK SUM 2 Replace ROM Err 02 ERROR 3 Replace main P C CPU CHECK ERROR Err 04 NVM 1 Restore power READ AFTER 2 Replace main P C
23. INPUT Press the key again OUTPUT XXXXXXXX 0 00 SFCM00006117D Press the key Confirm that the mark has been deleted MAG XXXXXXXX READY SFCMO00006009D 10 Adjust to 100 20 mA by following the same procedure as for adjusting 0 4 mA Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 67 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Calibrating gain constant GAIN CAL function Gain constant of amplifier which is set inside the converter can be calibrated by using SFC To do this Yamatake s smart calibrator model MGZ14 will be required Use the following procedure to calibrate the gain constant Ste Ke Procedure SFC screen 1 Confirm that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX CLR READY m v If it is not press the key to FONO set it to READY 2 Press the key to access the MAGNEW CONFIG A WORKING CONFIG functions Press the key 7 key to display the MAGNEW CONFIG NEXT screen as shown on the right CALIBRATE CONFIG or SFCM00006122D L PREV 3 NON VOL wows Press the key Press the CALIBRATE CONFIG ENTER es key or X key to display the eee screen as shown on the right AH NEXT or y L PREV 4 NON VOL soe Press the key GAIN CAL FATA ARE YOU SURE For gain c
24. 50 ANSI 300 JPI 300 SUS304 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Maintenance and troubleshooting ITEM Diameter mm Flange type Material 108 65 ANSI 300 SUS304 JPI 300 80 ANSI 300 JPI 300 109 100 ANSI 300 SUS304 JPI 300 111 25 JIS 10K SUS304 JIS 20K JIS 30K 112 100 JIS G3451 F12 SUS304 114 80 DIN PN25 SUS304 100 JIS 10K DIN PN10 DIN PN16 116 40 JIS 30K SUS304 117 65 JIS 30K SUS304 118 80 JIS 20K SUS304 JIS 30K 100 JIS 20K DIN PN25 121 100 JIS 30K SUS304 128 25 ANSI 300 SUS304 JPI 300 129 100 ANSI 150 SUS304 JPI 150 130 40 ANSI 300 SUS304 JPI 300 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 8 19 Maintenance and troubleshooting Yamatake Corporation 8 20 Table 8 7 Centering tool for wafer type detector required 4 pcs per detector Part number 80380811 ITEM ITEM Diameter mm Flange type 005 25 ANSI 150 JPI 150 40 ANSI 150 JPI 150 008 50 JIS 10K JIS 20K ANSI 150 JPI 150 65 JIS 10K JIS20K 80 JIS 10K 100 JIS 10K 009 40 JIS 10K JIS 20K 80 ANSI 150 JPI 150 010 25 JIS 10K JIS 20K ANSI 300 JPI 300 40 DIN PN10 DIN PN16 DIN PN25 50 DIN PN10 DIN PN16 DIN
25. SFCMO00006140D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Key Procedure SFC screen 7 nonvo After entering the value press the PAR PULSE OUTPUT key 50 00 PLS Pulse output asa fixed value SFCM00006141D according to the entered value 8 C After checking the pulse output CLR MAG XXXXXXXX No CLR press the key and the screen READY returns to the screen as in step 1 SaS Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 73 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Setting pulse scale and pulse scale unit PULSE CONFIGURE function Use the following procedure to set the pulse scale and the pulse scale unit using SFC However set the span frequency range 0 001 Hz to 200 Hz Span frequency is a pulse frequency when the maximum range 100 of flow rate flows Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 CLR No Confirm that the SFC is set to READY If it is not press the key to set it to READY MAG XXXXXXXX READY SFCM00006009D CONF z m 2 lt as w o Press the key to access the CONFIG functions Press the key or amp key to display the screen as shown on the right MAGNEW CONFIG WORKING SFCM00006020D MAGNEW CONFIG TOTALIZER MENU SFCMO00006136D NON VOL EN
26. 6 46 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Key Procedure SFC screen 7 DE CONF Press the key RANGE CONFIG MENU Result ENTERED IN SFC The screen as shown on the right appears and the set flow rate display is confirmed 8 Ui Press ne key or key to RANGE CONFIG show this screen DOWN LOAD DOWN LOAD DATA or SFCMO00006053D 9 NON VOL Press the RANGE CONFIG Result WORKING The screen to the right appears an screen ip fhe Tight appeats dnd the changed setting is written into DATA TOADED the database of the converter The screen returns to step 2 10 To exit this setting function press the A CLR 1 1 NON VOL NON VOL ENTER Yes Press the key Result Exiting the flow rate display setting function the screen returns to the screen in step 1 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 47 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Setting detector constant EX mA function Introduction The detector constant of the converter is set at the factory according to the ordered specifications This constant can be changed Used when When a combination between the detector and converter has been changed the detector constant set by the converter needs to be changed Procedur
27. OVER DUTY 70 Chapter 6 Operation using SFC communicator 6 1 Structure and functions of SFC 6 1 1 Structure of SFC Introduction When communication with the converter is started using the SFC in a system with analog output be sure to change the control loop of the process to manual manual control Be sure to use the SFC with software version 7 0 or later Using earlier versions may result in problems such as the absence of some setting items or failure in setting correctly Note Do not overcharge or over discharge leave with the switch on the built in battery of the SFC This may shorten the battery life Detailed information The SFC has been developed not only as a converter but also as a communicator to be used in connection with various smart field instruments If you need explanation for instruments other than the loop powered magnetic flowmeter see the model SFC160 260 User s Manual of the respective series Structure of Smart Field Communicator SFC Names of components Figure 1 1 shows the structure and names of components for the Smart Field Communicator SFC Roll paper compartment Battery charger Figure 6 1 Details of SFC Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 1 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Names of components and descriptions The following table describes the components of the SFC Name
28. e NON VOL Press the To stop switching of the output format press the key The screen at step 1 appears MAG XXXXXXXX ARE YOU SURE SFCM00006033D ENTER Yes z o lt e NON VOL Press the key again and the communication will be switched Automatically the screen returns to step 1 MAG XXXXXXXX WORKING SFCMO00006006D MAG XXXXXXXX ANALOG XMTR SFCMO00006034D or MAG XXXXXXXX DE XMTR Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 6 2 3 Setting using SFC communication 2 setting using CONFIG functions Selecting unit system and setting specific gravity UNIT KEY function It is possible to select unit system Mass flow rate and volume flow rate which is set by two wired magnetic flowmeter converter and set the specific value in case of selecting mass flow rate for system units Use the following procedure to select unit system and to set specific gravity Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Confirm that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX ce READY If it is not press the key to set it SFCHOOOOEODND to READY 2 2 Press the key to access the MAG NEW CONEIG CONFIG functions Confirm that the WORKING screen on the right appears 5 MAG
29. 20mA output Output values as the meter measures Analog output is fixed to 0 4mA Analog output is held at its last good value Pulse output Output values as the meter measures Pulse output is fixed to 0 does not generate pulses Pulse output is held at its present state Display Display the value as it measures Flashes the message 0 and Empty or scale on electrode alternately when flow rate is specified for the main display Flashes the message 0 000 RATE and Empty or scale on electrode alternately when actual flow rate is specified for the main display Flashes the message XXXXXXXX totalized value at setup and Empty or scale on electrode alternately when totalized value is specified for the main display Flashes the values at its last good values and a message of Empty or scale on electrode alternately Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 21 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 22 Mechanism of Electrode Status Diagnostic function Detect empty pipe condition or scale on electrode condition by monitoring flow rate signal Once the flow rate signal fluctuates over a certain threshold the device judges that the flowtube is empty or scale appears on the electrodes There are five threshold levels to meet an environment where the device is installed Set an appropriate threshold level
30. anoRT Figure 7 80 H ih x MAGHEW 22 X HOTE 4 mig bes 12 lure 1s audamatic Dr m Figure 7 81 7 37 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation 4 Use the numeric keys to enter a fixed value to be output in the value input display Setting range is duty ratio of 0 to 100 When value is entered press F4 ENTER Analog current corresponding to its output will be output Press F3 ABORT to return to the previous menu Pulse output check To output pulse fixed value proceed as follow 1 From online menu Select 1 Device setup 2 Diag Service 2 Loop test 2 3 Out put check Pls Figure 7 83 will then be displayed If the control system is not affected by the forcible change of the current signal press FA OK By pressing F3 ABORT the procedure is canceled 2 Figure 7 84 will then appear Choose START to start fixed value of pulse output and then press FA ENTER 3 Note of caution will appear as shown in Figure 7 85 To proceed press FA OK H x MACGHEWZW XXXXXXXX anethed abus 0 5j E 1000 i a al Bi Tr s em d i 1 5 _ ABORT INTER Figure 7 82 H MACHEWZVW XXXEXXXX NARI ap ghoul be mersid hom sar pete conira ANC T Figure 7 83 H i x MAGNHEWIW X XX XXX XX argi check
31. l From online menu HA 3 A a Select MAGNEWIW XXXXXXXX 1 Device setup Lo gt 4 Detailed setup 25 gt 3 Noise immunity a 2 5 Lo flow cut o Figure 7 26 will then be displayed ee L p NIEH Figure 7 26 Once the display as shown in Figure 7 26 appears move the arrow key up or down to select low flow cut value Value can be specified from 1 to 10 After making a selection press FENTER If F3 ESC is pressed here the selection will be canceled and the display will return to the Noise immunity menu After returning to the Noise immunity menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator Drop out When the drop out is set to prevent the wrong integration of integrated flow rate it will not count the pulse when it is within the flow rate of setting against the setting range To set the drop out proceed as follows 1 From online menu Select 1 Device setup mea KXXXXXXX 2 4 Detailed setup gt 3 Noise immunity i 6 Drop out LB I NENNEN Figure 7 27 will then be displayed ee LES NIEH Figure 7 27 2 Once the display as shown in Figure
32. 0 11 0 19 YWOOL XDW AOE XDUA INO SNLYLS SN Id 100 snivis 3s d SipumuJo 0701 3 91070715 YWZZ XDUW AZ7 XDUA 100 LNO SipuuJa MOJaq UMOYS SD aJD snjoddD BAIPUBIUIUOU JO SJajawOIDG jjua ay Il 5501 10 EX8 7 Z0G 5501 JOJ 9 7105 JAN 995 a pua2uiuoN 9 e SSDI 10 EEO ll SSDI 20 7 L 7 ZOS SSDI 10 7 Z 97105 O3N BPO jD2ui28 3 By aas pjal4 aAipua2uiuoN LAN Z JO Salsjua peppaJuj papi oJd BJD au pub J0 28Jap y jo sBuisnou ay ujog SSDI 10 g EEOG Il S801 10 7 2 9 7 205 1 55019 10 7 Z 97108 JN BPO jp2u428 3 ay ess 8aAipus2uiuoN jda xe suonup20 JO spoujew Y suoup20 Z 10 spoujey e AIEVWWV 1S NON 38 LSAW Q340S3W ONI38 ANTI e 170 SALWLS 135109 LO 1001 snjosoddo pjau aAlpua2uiuou J8Ala2a8H lt uoip307 snopiozDy UON snjosoddo pla 9Apua2uiuoN I7LOLW J9H9Auo snjDJDddD 8AIpua2uluoN 89 051 J0129j12Q 7D 9 8 d 5940 Z l 19 0 2 8 V 549 7 1D Z BUOZ PUD Z LOISIAIG amp DWGNO 80391906 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 1 36 Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure
33. 20 C to 60 C Cautions Warning Explosion Hazard Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2 Installation The equipment shall be installed in accordance with the relevant requirements of the Canadian Electrical Code Part I Process fluid temperature and pressure limit for model MTG18A Size 2 5 to 10 mm 0 1 to 3 8 inch Size 15 to 200 mm 1 2 to 8 inches 2 94 MPa 2 94 MPa 426 psi 426 psi 1 96 MPa 284 psi 0 98 MPa 142 psi 0 098 MPa 0 098 MPa 442 psi 142 psi 20 C 80 C 100 C 20 C 80C 120 130 C 49 176 212 CF 176 248 266 Figure 1 13 Process fluid temperature and pressure limit for model MTG18A Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 1 17 Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation 1 ATEX Type nA Certification English Approval selection code 4 Marking information C 0344 Ex 113 GD Ex nA II T6 T135 C at Tprocess 40 85 C Ex nA II T5 T135 C at Tprocess 40 100 C Ex nA II T4 T135 C at Tprocess 40 130 C 40 lt Tamb lt 60 C 07ATEX0066 IP66 67 Applicable standards EN 60079 0 2006 Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres Part 0 General requirements EN 60079 15 2005 Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres Part 15 Construction test and marking of type of protection n
34. 7 42 Follow the procedure described below to execute the shipping data recovery Please make sure that when it is executed the internal data will return to the factory setting 1 From online menu Select 1 Device setup gt 2 Diag Service gt 3 Calibration 2 6 Shipping RCVR Figure 7 93 will then be displayed i x MAGHEWZW XXXXXXXX 5 sig pereg 10r ovrsi End NTER Figure 7 93 When executing shipping data recovery select YES and press F4 ENTER Shipping data recovery will execute and the display will return to Figure 7 93 Press F3 ABORT to return to the previous menu Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator 1 From online menu Select 1 Device setup gt 5 Review Then the status of the device can be confirmed see Figure 7 94 Use F2 PREV and F3 NEXT to move the confirming items Review Model Distributor PV unit PV URV PV LRV PV USL PV LSL PV Min span Xfer fnctn Lo flo cutoff Tube size Pulse scaling Pulse Width PV Damp AO Alrm typ Write protect Manufacturer Dev id Tag Descriptor Message Universal rev Fld dev rev Software rev Poll addr Num req preams Final asmbly num MTGFLOW Yamatake Corporation m3 h m3 h 0 00 m3 h 84 82 m3 h 0 00 m3 h 0 00000 m3 h Linear 2 50 27 77637 cm3 P 30 ms 3 05 Lo No Yamatake Corporation
35. BOTEA oop mag Figure 7 76 Once the display as shown Figure 7 76 appears press to abort Then Figure 7 77 is displayed Press and then the screen returns to the loop test menu as shown in Figure 7 78 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator HA x AA ee pun made OK Figure 7 77 Analog output check 4 HA X MAGHEVIZWIXEXEXXXXXE Loops 9 Veg check mash i dnpat chark Ad 3 check Plo Chortpart check DO iie TAYE nosti Figure 7 78 To output fixed value of analog current proceed as follows l From online menu Select 1 Device setup gt 2 Diag Service 2 Loop test 2 2 Out put check AO Figure 7 79 will then be displayed Ifthe control system is not affected by the forcible change of the current signal press F4 OK By pressing F3 ABORT the procedure is canceled Figure 7 80 will then appear Choose START to start fixed value of analog current output and then press F4 ENTER Note of caution will appear as shown in Figure 7 81 To proceed press F4 OK Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C H W MACHEVWZW XXXXEXXXX WARN ahold be rameni hom sant gama tie ok Figure 7 79 H i ih x MAGHEVWAIVI X Xx XXXXXX t auguri chech
36. CSA certification with remote models MTG18B detector and MTG14C converter Approval selection code 2 Protection codes Model MTGISB Class I Division 2 Groups A B C and D Class II Division 2 Groups E F G Class III Supply rated 42V 22mA max and 30V 100mA Enclosure rating Type 4X IP67 rating tested to IEC 60529 Temperature Code T4 Ta 20 C to 60 C Model MTG14C Class I Division 2 Groups A B C and D Class II Division 2 Groups E F G Class III Enclosure rating Type 4X IP67 rating tested to IEC 60529 Temperature Code T4 Ta 20 C to 60 C Warnings Model MTGISB Explosion Hazard Do not disconnect equipment unless power has been switched off or the area is known to be non hazardous Model MTG14C Explosion Hazard Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2 Installation Installations shall comply with the relevant requirements of the Canadian Electrical Code Part I Process fluid temperature and pressure limit for model MTG18B Size 10 mm 3 8 inch Size 15 to 200 mm 1 2 to 8 inches 2 94 MPa 2 94 MPa 426 psi 426 psi 1 96 MPa 284 psi 0 98 MPa 142 psi 0 098 MPa 0 098 MPa 142 psi 142 psi 20 C 80 C 100 C 20 C 120 C 130 C 49 176 212 48 176 248 266 Figure 1 14 Process fluid temperature and pressure limit for model 8 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B M
37. E gt CALIBRATION MODE OFF t gt CRITICAL MODE OFF ot fu Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 61 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 7 1 Configuration of OUTPUT CHECK MODE 5 62 Introduction OUTPUT CHECK MODE has the following setting and adjustment items For details on the function of items see the following pages Item Content Screen OUTPUT Perform loop checks by using a z CHECK calibrator Model MGZ 20 0 W CALIBRATOR S QUTPUT CHECK W CALIBRATOR OUTPUT Outputs a fixed value of analog CHECK current output to perform loop m E LOUT checks LOUT 100 OUTPUT Outputs a fixed value of pulse output CHECK to perform loop checks 123 POUT gt OUTPUT CHECK P OUT 100 OUTPUT Outputs a fixed value of contact CHECK output to perform loop checks 12 3 ST OUT OUTPUT CHECK ST OUT CLOSE OUTPUT Outputs a fixed value of excitation CHECK current 12 3 96 EX This value was calibrated in the 2 SUR a factory DO NOT configure this value Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device LCD display flow The screen flow of OUTPUTCHECK MODE is as follows gt OUTPUT CHECK W CALIBRATOR t Bl gt OUTPUT CHECK OUT 100 t 4 Z OUTPUT CHECK P OU
38. Figure 2 21 Installation using Non SUS material grounding ring Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation 2 Use this method to install the detector along with a protective plate to prevent PVC pipe from being deformed or damaged when the bolts are tightened to the specified torque Insert a protective plate between the outer side of the PVC flange and the detector as shown in Figure 2 22 The protective plate protects the PVC pipe from deformation or damage when it is secured to the specified torque For the appropriate torque see Table 2 1 on page 2 12 Protective plate Ns PTFE gasket supplied Lining Grounding ring Figure 2 22 Installation using Non SUS grounding ring with protective plate 3 Use this method to install the detector using a low fastening torque and rubber gaskets First remove the grounding ring from the detector then insert a rubber gasket with a thickness of 0 5 to 1 0 mm Then reinsert the grounding ring on top of the rubber gasket Next remove the PTFE gasket and insert a rubber gasket 3 0 to 4 0 mm thick to replace it Under these conditions install the detector on the pipe as shown in Figure 2 23 Tighten the bolts to the torque required to achieve a fluid seal for the rubber gasket In this case the two kinds of rubber gaskets that are used should be made of the sam
39. Flow direction mark Mounting screw M5 4 places Figure 1 8 Detector details wafer type detector Names and functions of various parts The following table describes the various parts of the detector Name Description Flow direction ndicates the flow direction of the fluid mark nstall the detector so that the direction of fluid flow and this mark meet with each other Grounding ring Keeps reference voltage to zero by grounding the unit The grounding ring material varies depending on the corrosion characteristics of the fluid to be measured Mounting screw Fixes the detector and converter 5 When these screws are removed the detector and the converter orientation can be changed Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Indicator data setting device Description The indicator data setting device has the following function and structure Displays the instantaneous flow rate value and internal conditions of the instrument indicator face can be turned at intervals of 90 degrees through one turn e Refer to Changing the direction of display data setting device on page 2 8 Names of various parts The names of various parts of the indicator data setting device are shown Liquid crystal display Setscrew Meter cover
40. The positions of the centering nuts depend on the direction in which the detector is installed For the positions of the centering nuts refer to Figure 2 13 and Figure 2 14 su anas Centering nut position Figure 2 13 Horizontal centering of the detector Position two centering nuts against each flange Flange Centring nuts position Figure 2 14 Vertical centering of the detector Position the four centering nuts on the bottom flange Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 15 Instrument installation Yamatake Corporation 2 16 Gaskets Gaskets are supplied with the grounding ring as standard accessory except when it is made of SUS material Secure gaskets when you use a grounding ring made of SUS material We recommend gasket material such as joint sheet or PTFE For the internal diameters of the gaskets refer to Table 2 2 We do not recommend the use of rubber gaskets Observe the precautions below Note A gasket with too small internal diameter may generate turbulent flow resulting in inaccurate measurements A gasket with too large internal diameter may cause leakage Also any solid substance in the fluid to be measured could accumulate between the gasket and the flange resulting in inaccurate measurements Table 2 2 Recommended internal diameters of gaskets Unit mm Nominal detector bore n 25mm 40mm 50mm 65mm 80 mm 100 mm diameter as i f Dime
41. Trouble Check point and troubleshooting Electrode status diagnostic mistake when fluid is filled because the unit is used in the place where the flow rate changes swiftly When the flow rate swiftly changes due to pulsations from the pump the function may recognize some of the swinging flow rate signals as those in the empty status or scale on electrode and mistakenly determine it as empty or scale on electrode In this case it is recommended to install the unit in the place where no effects from the pulsation can be reached e g by securing a longer upstream straight pipe section When the unit is installed in a place where swift change of the flow rate may cause misdetection of the empty or scale on electrode status when fluid is filled set this function to OFF Please note that increasing the damping time constant does not solve this problem because this function determines the empty or scale on electrode status based on the signals before the damping process Empty not detected when the pipe is empty If there is conductivity between electrodes or between the electrode and grounding ring due to the fluid left in the pipe etc the empty status may not be detected even when the pipe is empty In this case this function is not available Set it to OFF If the display and output are not always fixed to zero because for example the fluid drops on the electrode they may become stable at zero by increasing the se
42. hkeeinecal apparaiua for cxplosne gas mimoapheres Pan l bnspecthon and maintenance of electrical installation other thas mines GB50257 1996 Code for construction and acceptance of electric device for explosion atmispheres and fire hazard electrical equipment installation engineering Poe of 2 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 1 33 Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation GYJ071134X Attachment I 3 Manufacturer s Resposibility 3 1 Special condition for safe use specified abowe should be im the instruction mammal 3 2 Masasfscturing thouki be done accondang to the documentation approved by NEPSL 3 5 Any modification with influence on the type of protection should be submitied to before application 3 4 Following fee should be added to the nameplate m NEP logo amp b Ex marking amp Sumber of certificate d tcesperabure range 1 34 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure 1 3 2 MTG18B and MTG14C FM approval with remote models MTG18B detector and MTG14C converter Approval selection code 2 Protection Codes Model MTGISB Nonincendive for Class I Division 2 Groups A B C and D T4 Suitable for Class II Division 2 Groups F and G Class IIT T4 Ta 60 C Control drawing 80391906 Type 4X IP67 e Nonin
43. 90 Clockwise co co Figure 2 4 Change the direction of converter 2 6 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation Step Procedure Turn off the power supply with a breaker etc of the converter Using an 5 wrench remove the four screws securing the converter to the detector Note After removing the screws and when changing the orientation of the detector and the converter Ensure caution not to apply any force or load to the cable and the connectors Failure to do so might cause damage to the cable connector printed circuit board or cause open circuit and malfunctions Decides the direction between the detector and the converter Note Do not twist the cable when the connected cable between the detector and the converter rotate Damage might cause connector and it cause the open circuit etc of wiring Tightens the four set screw The tightening torque 4 4 Nem 15 It tighten four screws in the diagonal and four screws must tighten almost evenly Moreover note that there is possibility to bites the dust into the tapped hole after tightening work in the place with dust Note Disconnect all cables before proceeding to change the orientation of the detector and the converter Do not perform the orientation change in locations containing humidity and dust During reassembly che
44. DECLARATION DE CONFORMITE 1 12 2 kawana Fujisawa shi Kanagawa ken 251 8522 Japan d clarons sous notre seule responsabilit que les produits destin s tre utilis s en atmosph re explosive Magnew Neo Magnew Two wire PLUS D bitm tre lectromagn tique bifilaire intelligent Mod le MTG18A avec le code Ex nA auxquels se r f re cette d claration sont conformes aux exigences des Directives suivantes 2004 108 EC sur le rapprochement des l gislations des Etats membres relatif la compatibilit lectromagn tique 94 9 du Parlement et du Conseil Europ ens du 23 Mars 1994 sur le rapprochement des l gislations des tats membres concernant les appareils et syst mes de protection destin s tre utilis s en atmosph res explosibles Cette d claration est bas e sur le fichier technique CEM 80392303 001 le Certificat de conformit CEM E9 06 09 61160 006 Attestation d examen CE de type 07ATEX0066 le respect des normes suivantes EN 61326 1 2006 Mat riel lectrique de mesure de commande et de laboratoire Exigences relatives la CEM Partie 1 Exigences g n rales EN 61326 2 3 2006 Mat riel lectrique de mesure de commande et de laboratoire Exigences relatives la CEM Partie 2 3 Exigences particuli res EN 60079 0 2006 Mat riel lectrique pour atmosph res explosives gazeuses Partie 0 R gles g n rales EN 60079 15 2005 Mat riel lectriq
45. MagneW Neo PLUS MagneW Two wire PLUS Smart Two wire Electromagnetic Flowmeter Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Converter User s Manual Yamatake Corporation NOTICE While the information in this manual is presented in good faith and believed to be accurate Yamatake Corporation disclaims any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose and makes no express warranty except as may be stated in its written agreement with and for its customer In no event shall Yamatake Corporation be liable to anyone for any indirect special or consequential damages This information and specifications in this document are subject to change without notice 2010 by Yamatake Corporation All rights reserved Preface Thank you for purchasing our smart two wire electromagnetic flowmeter The MagneW Neo MagneW Two wire PLUS is a landmark electromagnetic flowmeter that is operated on 4 20 mA DC Based on our extensive experience in the field meticulous care is taken in the detector lining material and waterproofing properties to secure high reliability Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C i Preface Yamatake Corporation Unpacking and inspection Unpacking This flowmeter is a precision instrument When unpacking handle it with care to prevent accident or damage Check that the following items are contained MTG main unit standard accessories and SETTING DATA sheet Verifying the sp
46. PTFE gaseket supplied Lining Grounding ring Figure 2 28 Installation using Non SUS material grounding ring Gasket Lining Grounding ring PTFE gasket supplied Figure 2 29 Example of incorrect installation Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation Installation on PVC pipe 1 Introduction The installation method described in this section is used for the following combination of pipe and grounding ring materials For the installation method corresponding to any other combination refer to the table on page 2 30 Pipe material PVC Grounding ring material SUS material Required parts The following parts are required Through bolts and nuts e Gaskets Non rubber gaskets are recommended 1 joint sheet or PTFE See Table 2 6 on page 2 29 for the recommended bore diameters When using rubber gaskets another gasket of the same material and with a thickness of 0 5 to 1 0 mm is required See Table 2 3 on page 2 16 for the appropriated dimensions Protective plate Use a protective plate if bolt tightening to the specified torque threatens to warp or damage the PVC pipe The plate material must be metal such as stainless steel at least 6 mm thick that will not deform when the nuts are tightened For the shape of the protective plate see Figure 2 31 Installation procedure The installation procedure varies depending on conditions such as the fastening
47. Pulse width that is DUTY 50 of the span frequency and 1 000 ms 1s maximum The pulse duty ratio defines the pulse ON time versus the pulse OFF time as a percentage of the total pulse cycle NUM setting of a real value 0001 to 1 000 ms 1 s With DUTY 50 no setting error appears With NUM with a real value set a setting error occurs if the pulse width exceeds the DUTY ratio of 70 in span frequency Default DUTY 50 Method of setting pulse width The DUTY ratio is B A in the diagram at right 1 NUM when real pulse width is selected DUTY ratio lt 70 Set the pulse width as shown above Calculation method When the range is 360 m A and pulse scale is 2 I P First convert the unit of range to calculate the span frequency Convert the range into the unit of per second s 360 m s gt 0 1 Convert the unit of flow rate range to be same as the unit of pulse scale 0 1 m s gt 0 1 1000 I s 100 l s Calculation of span frequency 100 1 5 2 I P 50 Hz 50 Hz gt 20ms A Calculation of pulse width where the DUTY ratio is equivalent to 70 B 0 7xA 0 7 x 20 ms 14 ms Therefore set the pulse width to less than 14 ms Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 51 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 2 DUTY 50 Automatically set Selecting DUTY 50 automatically sets the pulse width as follows Calculation method 1 Make calculations to obtain a pulse
48. The display moves from left to right Sub display SELF CHECK MODE SELF CHECK Displayed for 5 seconds 5 MEASURING MODE 100 0 7 069 m h 88888888 5 2 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Display and operation contents of data setting device Overview of mode This system provides the following four modes available in accordance with the operations Mode Description MEASURING MODE Mode that shows measuring status OPERATOR S MODE Mode that is set for the operator This mode is comprised of setting and configuration of data that are set or changed frequently during startup In this mode settings can be changed only when the write protect levels are set to 0 1 and 2 At level 3 only the set data can be checked See 5 3 2 Display of write protect level Damping constant auto zero adjustment counter reset counter preset value etc CAUTION Set or changed data are temporarily written into the memory Note that if the configured data are not saved written into the memory within 10 minutes the configured data returns to the previous values Be sure to press the MODE key to return to the MEASURING MODE and to save data ENGINEERING MODE In the set mode for engineering the mode is comprised of data that is set or changed less frequently than the data in
49. Yamatake Corporation 7 3 2 Output check Analog output check with MGZ calibrator This function is used for the loop check using MGZ calibrator 0 or 25 to 100 of setting range can be selected for the analog output check with MGZ calibrator To output fixed value of analog current by using MGZ calibrator proceed as follows 1 4 7 36 From online menu Select 1 Device setup 2 2 Diag Service 2 Loop test 2 1 Loop check mode Figure 7 73 is then displayed Once the display as shown Figure 7 73 appears make sure that the loop is removed from the automatic control Then press OK to execute the output check with MGZ calibrator Then Figure 7 74 is displayed Move the arrow key up or down and select 1 Start to execute the loop check Ry MAGHEVWZW XXEEXEXxXXM WARN E cep whould be remers hem conned ABORT UE Figure 7 73 HW OE MAGHEWMZW XXXXEXXX Cheeses boop check meds E F Emid ABORT ENTER Figure 7 74 During the loop check Figure 7 75 is displayed If the loop check is finished move the arrow key up or down and select 1 End to select other analog output value for the loop check If you finish the loop check move the arrow key up or down and select 2 Abort to abort Then Figure 7 76 is displayed EW MAGHEVITWXXXXXXXX Chess hiap check made CtsC ABORT ENTER Figure 7 75 MAGNHEVZW Xx x XXX XXX
50. nnne 6 31 Error messages and remedial action enne enne 6 32 Displaying software version SW VER 6 35 Data printilig feud tee ciii tenet od eon ty dct o 6 36 Printing internal data PRINT key sse enne nnne nennen nnns 6 37 Continuously printing response result ACT PRINT 6 39 Switching between digital output and analog output A DE 6 41 6 2 3 Setting using SFC communication 2 setting using CONFIG functions 6 42 Selecting unit system and setting specific gravity UNIT KEY function 6 42 Setting or changing low flow cutoff CUT OFF function 6 44 Changing flow rate display DISP Setting detector constant EX mA function Setting detector type TYPE ener ennt Setting diameter of detector DIAMETER function 6 52 Setting high low alarm values ALARM CONFIG function 6 54 Deciding fail safe direction F S SET UP function 6 56 Setting burnout direction of pulse output F S SETUP
51. For SHIPPING DATA SN E SHIP DATA RECOV RECOVERY press the key ARE YOU SURE Shipping data recovery function POT starts SHIP DATA RECOV WORKING 5 When shipping data recovery completes the display as shown on MAG Tag No the right appears MAG SR TEST3333 6 Press the key and the screen MAG XXXXXXXX No ani returns to the screen as in step 1 READY 6 70 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Displaying totalized value READ TOTAL function Use the following procedure to display the actual totalized value on the SFC screen Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Confirm that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX CLR READY No As If it is not press the key to set it to READY 2 B Press the key to access the MAGNEW CONFIG WORKING CONFIG functions Press the PENNE key or key to display the TOTALIZE MENU NEXT screen as shown on the right READ TOTAL Or SFCMO00006134D yL PREV 3 Press the key READ TOTAL OUT Actual totalized value will be inbrue UNIS displayed as shown on the right rho 4 CLR No Press the key and the screen returns to the screen as in step 1 MAG XXXXXXXX READY SFCMO00006009D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Operation using the data setting device Yamatake
52. MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Electrical wiring Wiring procedure Carry out the wiring between the instrument and a power supply must be done according to the following procedure Step Procedure 1 The terminal box cover is fixed by hexagon socket head setscrews M3 Loosen the setscrews with an Allen wrench 1 5 2 Remove the terminal box cover by turning it counterclockwise with the dedicated tool 3 Remove the dust plug from the socket for an output signal line conduit 4 Insert the cable into the conduit cable ground Note Take care not to damage the cable sheath 5 Referring to Figure 3 6 connect the cable to the output signal terminals IOUT 4 of the terminal box Note Pay attention to the polarity Tighten the terminal screws adequately The recommended tightening torque is 1 1 ft lb 1 5 N m 6 Waterproof the conduit sufficiently to prevent ingression of rainwater etc Note We recommend using a silicon resin based non curing sealant 7 Attach the terminal box cover and tighten it adequately with the dedicated tool Then fix the cover with the setscrews Note Take care not injure your fingers on the cover edge or the carrying thread The numerical value in parentheses is a reference value Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 3 9 Electrical wiring Yamatake Corporation 3 10 Wiring for power supply Load resistance Two
53. PREV 00000000 5 Press the 7 key to reset In 0 5 seconds the reset is completed with ON changing to READY 20 0 96 CNT RESET ON PREV 00000000 20 0 96 CNT RESET READY PREV 00123456 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under Press the MODE key to return to the MEASURING MODE and save data 20 0 96 CNT RESET READY PREV 00123456 You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 17 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 5 5 Setting auto spike cut This function eliminates steep noise spikes spike noise in the flow rate Noise generated when foreign matters collide with electrode is an example of the spike noise When the flow rate changes sharply this function holds the outputs according to the damping time Generally the spike noise occurs in a few milliseconds and settles down within the output holding time and the outputs are not affected For ordinary flowrate changes the output responds after the damping hold time It is not recommended to use this function for applications requiring high response and performance e g the function should not be used when a pump frequently generates pulsation Electromagnetic flowmeter MTG s Output not affected by n
54. joint sheet or PTFE See Table 2 2 on page 2 16 for the recommended bore diameters When using rubber gaskets another gasket of the same material and with a thickness of 0 5 to 1 0 mm is required See Table 2 3 on page 2 16 for the appropriated dimensions Protective plate Use the protective plate if bolt tightening at the specified torque threatens to warp or damage the PVC pipe See Figure 2 19 for an illustration of the protective plate Installation procedure The installation procedure varies with such conditions as the fastening torque and the need for a protective plate Choose one of the following three methods as applicable 1 Use this method to install the detector with a specified fastening torque Install the detector as shown in Figure 2 18 The torque level for tightening the bolts is not related to the gasket material See Table 2 1 on page 2 12 for the appropriate torque For the internal diameter of the gaskets see Table 2 2 on page 2 16 Please note that the use of rubber gaskets and a lower fastening torque may result in insufficient surface pressure between the lining and the grounding ring resulting in leakage LiB Gasket x Figure 2 18 Installation using SUS material grounding ring Lining Grounding ring Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation 2 Use this method to install the detector using a
55. to write or rewrite the TAG No on this screen Used when the communication method is SFN D Has the same function as ID CONF CONF Used to correct the converter or change the setting of the internal data This function has a hierarchical structure See Hierarchical structure of CONFIG functions on page 6 17 for details No effect DAMP B DAMP Press this key to display or change the damping time constant of the converter No effect D UNITS UNITS Press this key to display or set the engineering units of the flow rate measured using the converter No effect LRV E 0 LRV 0 Displays the lower range value of the converter output range Fixed at 0 0 in the converter The lower range value refers to the flow rate when the converter output becomes 0 4 mA DC in the case of analog output No effect F 100 URV 100 Displays the upper range value of the converter output range The upper range value refers to the flow rate when the converter output becomes 100 20 mA DC in the case of analog output No effect DE CONF MENU ITEM MENU ITEM Used to display or select a different item located at the same hierarchy and with the same function DE CONF Used to display or select variables output in digital communication using SFN D for communication method 6 6 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the
56. 0 SPL MODE XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Figure 7 94 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 7 43 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation 7 4 Short cut commands and menus for HART communicator 7 4 1 Short cut keys 7 44 Select the item to set from the table below and press the item number from the online menu You can move to the item which you want to set quickly Basic setting Totalized value setting Flow unit 132 Totalized value display 14231 Range 133 Totalized reset value 14232 Specific gravity 134 Totalized value reset 14233 Damping time constant 135 Auto zero 136 Emergency setting Display selection 137 High alarm value setting 14241 Function selection 138 Low alarm value setting 14242 Correction coefficient 139 Contact output status setting 14243 Communication method 1426 Burnout Analog output 14215 Burnout Pulse output 14225 Detector setting Detector diameter 1411 Device adjustment Detector type 1412 Analog current output adjustment 1231 Detector constant 1413 Manual zero 1233 Detector constant C2 1414 Gain adjustment 1234 Pulse output adjustment 1235 Signal processing Excitation current adjustment 1236 Auto spike cut 1432 Moving average processing 1433 Output inspection Moving average processing time 1434 Analog output check
57. 1 Groups E G Class III Input rating 42V dc 4 20mA Provides intrinsically safe output to detector sensing electrodes Enclosure Type 4X IP67 MWP 3 0 MPa max Temperature Code T4 Ta 20 C to 60 C Cautions Seal not required Cover must be kept tight while circuits are alive Warning Substitution of components may impair intrinsic safety Installation The equipment shall be installed in accordance with the relevant requirements of the Canadian Electrical Code Part I Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure 2 Approval selection code 2 FM approval Protection codes Nonincendive for Class I Division 2 Groups A B C and D 4 Nonincendive for Class I Zone 2 Group 4 e Suitable for Class II and Division 2 Groups and G T4 at 20 C Tamb lt 60 C Enclosure rating Type 4X and IP67 Cautions Control room equipment shall not use or generate in excess of 250Vr m s or DC Installation The equipment shall be installed in accordance with the relevant requirements of the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA70 CSA certification Protection codes Class I Division 2 Groups A B C and D Class II Division 2 Groups E F G Class III Input rating 42V dc 4 20mA Provides Non Incendive circuit to sensing electrodes Enclosure Type 4X IP67 MWP 3 0 MPa max Temperature Code T4 Ta
58. 15 What can be done using the 6 15 Hierarchical structure of CONFIG functions emen 6 17 SFC hierarchical structure 6 17 ia araia eaae ieena 6 18 Setting using SFC communication 1 setting using key assigned functions 6 19 Table of Contents Starting communication ID DE READ key 6 19 Eriteririg TAG No 7 ID Key ter rre OR HO Aedes 6 21 Setting changing damping time constant DAMP 6 23 Setting engineering units UNITS ennt nn 6 24 Setting output range and correction coefficient URV key 6 26 Displaying transmitting output OUTPUT 6 27 l oop check of output Signal 4 uec tette bec et O ee ie Gi pda sede 6 28 Making zero adjustment CORRECT key ssssssssssssssssseeeeeee enne enne nennen enn nnne 6 29 Displaying flow rate measured value INPUT 2 2 2 6 30 Displaying self diagnostics result STAT
59. 150 mm 6 inches 1481 200 mm 8 inches 196 1 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 29 Instrument installation Yamatake Corporation Selecting an installation method Caution CAUTION The necessary materials and the method of installation vary depending on the material of the grounding ring and the material Select the applicable method of installation after checking the specifications of the detector to be installed and the conditions of installation Improper installation may result in leakage or damage to the pipe flanges Installation method according to material Select the appropriate installation method from the table below Pipe material Grounding ring material See page SUS material page 2 31 Metal Non SUS material page 2 32 SUS material page 2 33 PVC Non SUS material page 2 35 2 30 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation Installation on metal pipe 1 Introduction The installation method described in this section is to be used with the following grounding ring materials For the installation method used for any other grounding ring material refer to the table on page 2 30 Pipe material Metal Grounding ring material SUS material Required accessories The following parts are required Bolts and nuts e Gaskets We recommend using non rubber gaskets such as those made of joint sheet or PTFE For rec
60. 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C H x MACNEW2W X X Xx XXX XX mssar dig gode Hi td EIFIE UOTE D Bo Ropob B BOY d o34 tetp PAOA ooa d D lz niu amp 5 b a T T ess LI LI LI ed Ld LL al jany bt ABORT INTER Figure 7 66 7 33 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation Excitation current adjustment To adjust the excitation current adjustment proceed as follow 1 7 34 From online menu Select 1 Device setup 2 Diag Service gt 3 Calibration 2 6 Ex current trim Figure 7 67 will then be displayed If the control system is not affected by the forcible change of the current signal press F4 OK By pressing F3 ABORT the procedure is canceled Once the display as shown in Figure 7 68 appears move the arrow key up or down to select an excitation current to adjust and then press F4 ENTER This time select 3 5 mA Figure 7 69 will then appears Connect the device to measure excitation current to the both ends of the excitation check pin and then press F4 OK Figure 7 70 will then appear By pressing F4 OK excitation current adjustment starts and the converter will adjust the excitation current to 3 5 mA If it is fine press F4 OK HU a x MUAGHEVZW IXxEXEXXXXX ARA sap should be emeei hom aimi Amon Figure 7 67 HM x MATHEI
61. 400 ms For example if the moving average process time is set to 2 seconds the moving average processing will be carried out 2 sec 400 ms 5 times If pulsation are generated this function can be used to suppress the flow rate fluctuations The moving average processing can be given by the following formula k 22k Qcurrent Example When the moving average processing is set to 2 sec qy t Qu 1 Qj Oy 43 O4 5 Qcurrent where 4 is a value currently measured and is a previous output value Set range ON OFF ON 1 0 to 30 0 s Default OFF Electromagnetic flowmeter MTG gt Moving average time s Input of step response Response output Figure 5 3 Output characteristics of moving average processing Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 19 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Set the moving average processing in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 The screen at right is a screen display example in MEASURING MODE measurement state 20 0 Press MODE key 01 94 mih WPO 00069401 2 The OPERATOR S MODE screen appears for approx two seconds and then the damping setting 2 20 0 screen appears OPERATOR S MODE 20 0 DAMPING 005 0 s 3 Press the or 4 key to display the screen shown on the right 20 0 AVERAGING OFF 4
62. 5 DE CONF MENU ITEM DE CONF Press the key and select the dropout to be set PULSE CONFIGURE P DROP OUT 05 SFCMO0006154D ENTER Yes NON VOL Press the key The changed setting is saved on the SFC PULSE CONFIGURE ENTERED IN SFC SFCMO0006145D z o z lt e o PREV 8 m Next set pulse width press the key or the screen as shown on the right key to display PULSE CONFIG DOWNLOAD DATA SFCM00006152D NON VOL ENTER Yes NON VOL Press the key Changed setting data is written into the database of the converter PULSE OUTPUT DATA LOADED SFCM00006149D CLR No Press the key and the screen returns to the screen as in step 1 MAG XXXXXXXX READY SFCM00006009D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 79 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Setting counter reset function RESET TOTALZE function Resetting the totalized value and setting reset value are possible using the SFC When resetting the totalized value two wired magnetic flowmeter internal counter will be reset and start resetting from the reset value which has been set You can enter the reset value maximum of 10 figures to SFC however for two wired magnetic flowmeter only 8 figures are effective Use the following procedure to reset the totalized value and to se
63. 7 27 appears move the arrow key up or down to select drop out value Value can be specified from 0 to 10 After making a selection press FENTER If F3 ESC is pressed here the selection will be canceled and the display will return to the Noise immunity menu 3 After returning to the Noise immunity menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Electrode status sensitivity 1 From online menu Select H Li x 1 Device setup gag enna aah Electrode statue sensitivity 2 4 Detailed setup OFF gt 3 Noise immunity C gt 7 Electrode status sensitivity hog Figure 7 28 is then displayed jt 28 NER Figure 7 28 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 7 17 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation Once the display as shown Figure 7 28 appears move the arrow key up or down to select a sensitivity After marking a selection press F4 ENTER OFF HIGH MID LOW LL or LLL can be selected If F3 ESC is pressed here the selection is canceled and the display returns to the Noise immunity menu After returning to the Noise immunity menu press F2 SEND The changed setting is sent to the transmitter The HART communicator mark appears on the upper side while HART is communicating with the dev
64. 7 3 Communication not available 7 1 4 Cautions CAUTION Do not remove the HART Communicator cable from the converter while executing communication If the cable is disconnected during data setting transmission there will be no data transfer to the converter 7 4 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator 7 2 Setting and calibrating devices using the HART Communicator The HART Communicator enables the user to set a two wired magnetic flowmeter device as well as allowing them to adjust and check the output of the device and to inspect the device The following values can be set using the HART Communicator Flow unit Low flow cut Range Drop out Specific gravity Pulse scale unit Damping time constant Pulse scale Pulse width Totalized value of integral counter display Display selection Function selection Correction coefficient Reset value of integral counter Communication method ntegral counter reset Detector diameter High alarm value setting Detector constant Low alarm value setting Auto spike cut Setting output status setting Average processing selection Burnout Analog output setting Average processing time Burnout Pulse output setting Electrode status diagnostic function Also the following calibrations and inspection can be made Zero point adjustment Current output calibration at 4 mA and 2
65. Approval selection code 6 EXPLOSION PROTE T CERTIFICATE OF COMFORMITY Cert No Gy j071194X This is to certify that the produci Magnew Twa wire PLUS manufactured D Yamainke Corporation Adi resa 4 1 1 Ceriagari Samukawa machi Roa guz Japan which model is IBA Series marking Ex nA Il T4 T6 product standard gt drawing number has boon inspected and certified by NEPSI and that it conforms lo GR 3836 1 2000 GB X88 2003 This Approval shall remain in farce until 012 05 16 Remarks Special conditions for safe use specificil in the attachment to this certificate Director Pits Hadlonal Superv EKlon and inipection Centre for Protection and Safety of Inktrumentatias Bate JT 04 11 The Criit ad m da saiid for pre cee wiih Occpreis and bein appre i ALPH 100 Cac Bao Boa tigre rH pelo Tats II 4D TER Shangai 200131 China inion es 1 Hikaia Eu 1 32 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure BB AN cS EUR A s National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation GYJ071194X Attachment 1 Attachment to YJ071194X 1 Description MTG Series Magpie Twecwire PLUS manufactured Yamatake Corporation hat been certified National Su
66. DETECTOR DATA display the screen as shown on the TYPE MGG or right SFCM00006027D PREV 6 DE CONF mU the fa key changes the sign ITEM to the right of TYPE displayed on the screen from MGG gt KID gt NNM gt NNK DUMMY 0 NNK DUMMY 9 gt SMW gt SMF gt SMC sequentially Display the detector type to be set on the screen 6 50 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Key Procedure SFC screen 7 NON VOL mam Press the key DETECTOR DATA Result ENTERED IN SFC The screen as shown on the right appears and the set detector type is confirmed 8 L key to DETECTOR DATA ist display the screen DOWN LOAD as DOWNLOAD DATA r shown on the right SFCHOQIUSLMD yL PREV 9 NON VOL NON VOL Em Press the DETECTOR DATA EN Result WORKING The screen as shown on the right appears and the changed setting is DETECTOR alg written into the database of the DAUREEORDEDA converter The screen returns to step 3 10 To exit this setting function press the CLR 11 Result The screen exits the detector type setting function and returns to step 1 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 51 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Setting diameter of detector DIAMETER function Introducti
67. EX OUTPUT MODE Checking the excitation current Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator Table 7 1 Items in each group Group Item Description Group 3 EMPTY OR SCALE Empty or scale appears on electrode ERROR IN OUTPUT CHECK Checking the analog output using MODE W CALIB calibrator HI LO ALM ERROR Abnormal high Low alarm setting SPAN OVER ERROR Span gone beyond its high limit PLS SCALE ERROR Pulse scale setting error PLS WIDTH ERROR Pulse width setting error Tag setting To set the tag proceed as follow l From online menu HA E EJ i i Select MAGNEWZW X XXXXXXX 1 Device setup Tag 3 Basic setup OOO gt 1 Tag XX XXL Figure 7 92 will then be displayed m uw f aoc i rm j AOL ano LT LIIS Figure 7 92 Once the display as shown in Figure 7 92 appears use the arrow key up down right or left and numerical keys to enter the number After entering press F4 ENTER If F3 ESC is pressed here the selection will be canceled and the display will return to the Basic setup menu After returning to the Basic setup menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 7 41 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation Shipping data recovery
68. Follow the procedures described below to display the actual totalized value 1 From online menu e E Select MAGNEWZ2W XXXXXXXX 1 Device setup Totlizer display 4 Detailed setup 1202493 2 2 Conf output gt 3 Totalizer 2 Totalizer display Figure 7 34 will then be displayed Figure 7 34 2 Press F4 EXIT to return to the previous display Integrated reset value Follow the procedure described below to set the integrated reset value l From online menu Ha Select MAGNHEWZW XXXXXXXX 1 Device setup Total restart val 2 4 Detailed setup gt 2 Conf output ER 3 Totalizer shale ey ae 2 Totalizer restart val Sogan OCH 3 1915 8 Fw Figure 7 35 will then be displayed ie c vt n jm jaa jor 3 nti ei rn BIER Figure 7 35 2 Use the numeric keys to input a integrated reset value Integrated reset value is span frequency of 00000000 to 99999999 3 Once a new value has been inputted press F4 ENTER 4 After pressing F4 ENTER and returning to the Totalizer menu press F2 SEND to transmit the change to the converter The HART communication will appear in the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication is properly completed Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 7 21 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation Resetting the totalized value 7 22 Foll
69. IP66 67 G ltige Normen EN 60079 0 2006 Elektrische Betriebsmittel f r gasexplosionsgef hrdete Bereiche Teil 0 Allgemeine Anforderungen e EN 60079 15 2005 Elektrische Betriebsmittel f r gasexplosionsgefahrdete Bereiche Teil 15 Konstruktion Pr fung und Kennzeichnung von elektrischen Betriebsmitteln der Z ndschutzart n EN 61241 0 2006 Elektrische Betriebsmittel zur Verwendung in Bereichen mit brennbarem Staub Teil 0 Allgemeine Anforderungen EN 61241 1 2004 Elektrische Betriebsmittel zur Verwendung in Bereichen mit brennbarem Staub Teil 1 Schutz durch Geh use tD Installationsanleitungen f r sicheren Gebrauch Keine Spezielle Bedingungen f r den sicheren Gebrauch Keine 1 22 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure bil azol 0 80392300003 Revision 01 EG KONFORMITATSERKLARUNG 1 122 Kawana Fujisawa shi Kanagawa Ken 251 8522 JAPAN erkl ren hiermit unter unserer ausschlie lichen Verantwortung dass die folgenden Produkte f r den Einsatz in explosiven Atmosph ren Wir Yamatake Corporation Fujisawa Technology Center MagneW Neo MagneW Two Wire PLUS Intelligenter magnetisch induktiver Durchflussmesser in Zweileitertechnik Modell MTG18A mit Ex nA auf die sich diese Erkl rung bezieht entsprechen den Anforderungen der folgenden Richtlinien 204 108 EC hinsichtlich der An
70. MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Set a pulse width in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter ENGINEERING MODE in accordance with the entry into ENGINEERING MODE see section 5 5 10 on page 5 36 Then press the f v m d 7o or 4 key to display the screen at right SUNS 2 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under NUM 12 3 PLS 27 778 WID NUM 010 00ms 3 Pressing the T key switches a screen for entering a numeric value for pulse width to a screen for 12 3 fixing the DUTY ratio to 50 PLS WID DUTY 50 4 To enter a numeric value for pulse width press the T key to return to the screen for the entry of 12 3 96 numeric values Using the gt key move the cursor PLS 27 778 to the position under a desired digit to be set WID NUM 010 00ms 5 Using the 7 or J key change the value to a desired value to be set 12 3 PLS 13 889 WID NUM 005 00ms 6 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under 12 3 Press the MODE key to return to the PLS 13 889 MEASURING MODE and to save data IDDM 096 00ms A CAUTION You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 53 Operation using
71. MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Settings of write protect switches SW No At shipment S1 Determined by WP LEVEL S2 Determined by WP LEVEL S3 ON No data change is allowed Main board Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 4 Overview of operation using the data setting device 5 10 Introduction The data setting device has three types of modes OPERATOR S MODE ENGINEERING MODE and MAINTENANCE MODE MAINTENANCE MODE is furthermore divided into three of sub modes OUTPUT CALIBRATION and CRITICAL The screen flow is as follows Entire display flow 1 X OPERATOR S ENGINEERING gt MAINTENANCE MODE MODE MODE MODE OFF DAMPING ID SET gt OUTPUT CHECK gt ROM VER 3 00 003 05 XXXXXXXX MODE OFF DATE 02 07 15 AUTO ZERO SET gt OUTPUT CHECK gt SHIPPING DATA READY PULSE W CALIBRATOR RECOVERY READY Y Y CNT RESET VALUE EX 300 0 gt OUTPUT CHECK gt INITIAL DATA 00000000 MTG DIA 200 I 0UT 100 RECOVERY READY Y X CNT RESET READY gt OUTPUT CHECK PREV 00000000 P OUT 100 SPIKE CUT 1 0000m s gt OUTPUT CHECK OFF SPAN 7 0690 G
72. NEW CONFIG UNIT KEY Press the amr key Th hich mum ress the ey The screen whic UNIT KEY eap system of units can be selected MASS FLOW appears as shown to the right sro poen DE Mass flow rate MASS FLOW Volume flow rate VOLUME FLOW Press the key and select MASS FLOW or VOLUME FLOW 4 NON VOL z ih NON VOL k Th Ec ress the en ey The screen as UNIT KEY can shown on the right appears and the ENTERED IN SFC changed setting is saved to the SFC 5 Only when MASS FLOW is selected AH NEXT PREV a screen for setting the specific gravity appears Press the key or key to show this screen Press numeric keys to set specific gravity Available range of specific gravity is from 0 1000 to 5 9999 UNIT KEY 1 000 Spec Gra SFCMO00006083D 6 42 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Key Procedure SFC screen 6 NON VOL Press the key UNIT KEY Changed setting is saved to SFC ENTERED IN SFC 7 E Press key to UNIT KEY show this screen DOWNLOAD DATA 8 NON VOL RU Press the key UNIT KEY The changed setting is written into the DATA LOADED database of the converter and the setting is completed 9 Press the key and return to the MAG screen as in step 1 READY
73. O Acceptable X Unacceptable The liquid could Welding leak out because d of the small area of contact with Flange the gasket Figure 2 25 Flange shape Note Before installing the detector make sure any foreign matter is flushed from the inside of the detector Residual foreign matter could cause output fluctuations Do not touch the electrodes by your hand or wasted cloth with oil This could cause output fluctuations Install the detector in accordance with the flow direction mark on the detector in the direction of the liquid flow Misalignment could result in a negative output Never attempt to force the detector between two flanges when the space is too narrow It can damage the detector m Ld 9 aa y Figure 2 26 Example of incorrect mounting A WARNING After ensuring that the internal diameter of the pipe and that of the detector are the exactly the same install the detector so that the gasket does not protrude into the internal diameter of the pipe Failing to do so could result in leakage or other hazards Note Tighten each bolt a little at a time apply uniform torque to all the bolts If leakage does not stop on completion of fastening make sure that the pipe is not off center then continue to tighten each bolts little by little Install the detector carefully and ensure that the fastening torque does not exceed the p
74. OF ri TRU P VO ORERPE T 1 9 Detector 1 Flanged type etek alate eck ehh eee ee ane Lih deed es PR ede dS 1 11 Detector 2 Wafer type eterne nete ee e cae Ud e estes re d ee pee eade 1 12 Indicator data setting device enne nnne nennen nnns 1 13 Terminal boxes noto stb eroi itte e tendis ut Dee Qd ERR EQ I 1 14 1 3 Hazardous area approvals and 1 16 1 321 Model 1 na n n Reiten Ue aul Te EDIT a e tee t acie td 1 16 Combination of FM approval and CSA certification for Division 1 and Division 2 1 16 1 ATEX Type nA Certification English 1 18 1 Certification ATEX Type n 1 20 1 ATEX Type n Bescheinigung 2 2 2 1 22 1 Certificaci n ATEX Tipo n Espa ol 1 Certificazione ATEX tipo n Italiano 1 ATEX Type n Certificering nennen nnnm 1 Certifica o de tipo n ATEX 1 30 1 NEPSI Ex nA Certification English ssseeeeennnen nennen 1 32 1 3 2 MTG19B and MIGO ins ehh diese tene D EG faeta 1 35 FM approval with remote models MTG18B detector and MTG14C co
75. OFF ON 1 OFF ON displayed on the screen SFCMEGOOEEEED from 0 up to 10 in 1 point increments Continuing to press the DE CONF key further sets CUT OFF OFF and displays CUT OFF ON 0 again Display the low flow cutoff to be set in the range of 1 to 10 on the screen o m o o z 6 44 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Key Procedure SFC screen 6 NON VOL NON VOL xU Press the key RANGE CONFIG Yes Result The screen as shown on the right appears and the set low flow cutoff is confirmed ENTERED IN SFC SFCMO00006051D 7 F Press ihe key or key to RANGE CONFIG show this screen DOWN LOAD DOWN LOAD DATA or SFCMO00006053D yL PREV 8 NON VOL NON VOL ENTER Yes Press the Result The screen as shown on the right appears and the changed setting is written into the database of the converter The screen returns to step 2 Note n step 5 if you try to set displaying CUT OFF OFF or CUT OFF ON 00 INVALID REQUEST will appear on the screen Converter will reject the database to be written in RANGE CONFIG WORKING SFCM00006054D RANGE CONFIG DATA LOADED SFCM00006055D A SHIFT CLR No To exit this setting function press the keys 10 NON VOL ENTER Yes Pr
76. OPERATOR S MODE Data can be set and changed at write protect level 0 or 1 At level 2 or 3 only the set data check is allowed ID function selection detector data flow rate range hysteresis width pulse data low flow cut selecting false mode for output etc A CAUTION When the mode is changed to MEASURING MODE by pressing the MODE key the set changed data are saved into a non volatile memory Be sure to press the MODE key to save the configured data Set or changed data are temporarily written into the memory Note that if the configured data are not saved written into the memory within 10 minutes the configured data returns to the previous values Be sure to press the MODE key to return to the MEASURING MODE and to save data Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 4 Mode Description MAINTENANCE MODE A mode for maintenance that is used when adjustments and checks are needed for regular maintenance and when troubles occur Adjustments and checks are allowed only at write protect level 0 Loop check output adjustment gain adjustment etc This mode is furthermore divided into the following three types OUTPUT CHECK MODE CALIBRATION MODE CRITICAL MODE CAUTION CALIBRATION and CRITICAL MODE contains very important adjustment values or operations for the flow rate measurem
77. Operation using the data setting device Step Key Procedure SFC screen 6 m Press e key or key to RANGE CONFIG show this screen DOWN LOAD DATA or SFCMO00006053D yL PREV 7 NON VOL N Press the key DIGITAL I O ENTER The changed setting is written into WORKING the database of the converter ik DIGITAL I O DATA LOADED 8 Setting is completed Press the XXXXXXXX key and return to the screen READY as in step 1 SFCMO00006009D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 61 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Setting contact output status DIGITAL I O function When contact output HI LO ALARM is selected in the previous page use the following procedure to set the contact output status OPEN CLOSE in NORMAL status Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Confirm that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX CLR READY No Due If it is not press the key to FONO set it to READY 2 Press the key to access the MAGNEW CONFIG DIGITAL 1 0 CONFIG functions Press the see key or X key to display the NEXT screen as shown on the right or PREV 3 NON VOL SOUS Press the key to access the DIGITAL 1 0 DIGITAL I O function press the DO1 NORM OPEN key r key to display SFCM00006106D t
78. Press the gt key to move the cursor to the OFF position 20 0 AVERAGING OFF 5 Press the T key to switch the OFF screen to the ON screen 20 0 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the value to 5 be changed 6 Press the T or 4 key to display a value to be set 20 0 AVERAGING ON 05 0s T Press the gt key to move the cursor back to the position under 1 20 0 Press the MODE key to return to the AVERAGING MEASURING MODE and save data ON 08 CAUTION You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value 5 20 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 5 7 Setting Electrode Status Diagnostic function Overview of electrode status diagnostic function Electrode status diagnostic function detects the condition of the empty pipe or the scale on the electrodes The Electrode status diagnostic function makes the analog output and pulse output to the values as selected in the below Electrode status output mode table The display alternately shows the output values selected and EMPTY OR SCALE ON ELECTRODE Electrode status output mode table lectrode status output mode table Output Display Parameter selection in the Electrode status output mode OFF ZERO HOLD Analog 4
79. Select EM N h x MAGHEWZIW XXXXXXXX 1 Device setup Auto spike cut 2 4 Detailed setup om gt 3 Noise immunity 1 gt 2 Auto spike cut M Figure 7 23 will then be displayed _ IMPER Figure 7 23 Once the display as shown in Figure 7 23 appears move the arrow key up or down to select On or OFF After making a selection press F4 ENTER If F3 ESC is pressed here the selection will be canceled and the display will return to the Noise immunity menu After returning to the Noise immunity menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Setting average processing To set ON OFF for average processing proceed as follows l From online menu HA F Select MAGHEVWZW XXXXXXXX 1 Device setup Moving average 2 4 Detailed setup Off gt 3 Noise immunity 2 3 Moving average Figure 7 24 will then be displayed bn NTER Figure 7 24 Once the display as shown in Figure 7 24 appears move the arrow key up or down to select On or OFF After making a selection press F4 ENTER If F3 ESC is pressed here the selection will be canceled and the display will return to the Noise immunity menu After returning to the Noise immunity menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will
80. Setting range of the flow range is 0 3 m s to 10 m s in flow rate Once a new value is entered press F4 ENTER to return to the basic setup menu When the value is outside the range error will be displayed Input the value again After returning to the basic setup menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART Communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Specific gravity The specific gravity when selecting the unit of weight is set as follows 1 From online menu A E H Lh ih kd Select MAGHEWZW XXXXXXXX 1 Device setup Gravity 3 Basic setup 1 0000 2 4 Gravity i Figure 7 9 will then be displayed CE 70y cr Por pea ok ro ah ma a nm b 10 EAE 2 Oh EH INTER Figure 7 9 Use the numeric keys to enter a specific gravity value in the value input display Up to six digits including a decimal point can be entered Setting range of the specific gravity is 0 1000 to 5 9999 Once a new value is entered press F4 ENTER to return to the basic setup menu When the entered value is outside the range error will be displayed Input the value again After returning to the basic setup menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART Communicator mark will appear o
81. The noise level must be higher than or equal to the set threshold value when the pipe is empty e The noise level must be lower than or equal to the set threshold value when the pipe is filled with fluid Default SENSITIVITY OFF Setting parameters Table 5 1 Set Levels for Electrode Status Diagnostic Function pel cd Noise detection level SENSITIVITY OFF Electrode Status Diagnostic Function OFF SENSITIVITY HIGH Signal level Threshold LOW SENSITIVITY MID Signal level Threshold MID SENSITIVITY LOW Signal level Threshold HIGH SENSITIVITY LL Signal level Threshold very HIGHER SENSITIVITY LLL Signal level Threshold extremely HIGHER Note 1 This function is only available for detectors with a bore diameter of 10 mm or more When the diameter is 2 5 mm or 5 mm the setting screen for this function appears in the converter s display but is not applicable Note 2 This function is applicable for the converters with ROM version 7 0 or higher If it is 6 0 or lower the setting screen for this function is not displayed To check the ROM version refer to 5 7 7 Displaying ROM version and date To use the electrode status diagnostic function with the ROM version 6 0 or lower the main board must be replaced For details contact our sales representative Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 23 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Set the electrode status diagnostic functio
82. XXXXXXXX READY SFCMO00006009D SHIFT Press the key SHIFT SFCMO00006002D ACT PR ACT PR Press the ACT PR key MAG XXXXXXXX ACTION PRINT SFCM00006017D NON VOL ENTER Yes Press the key Result Action printout starts by printing ACTION PRINT START TAG No FIC 123 02 06 05 15 30 Hereafter the operation content and results of response from the converter are printed out every time the key is operated SHIFT B Press the key to stop the action printout operation SHIFT SFCM00006002D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 39 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Step Key Procedure SFC screen 7 ACT PR ACT PR Press the key MAG XXXXXXXX ACTION PRINT SFCMO00006017D 8 CLR Press the key No Result The action printout operation ends by printing ACTION PRINT END Then the screen returns to step 2 Printing example An example of an action printout corresponding to actual key operation will be explained Printing example of Key operation corresponding action printout ACT PR NON VOL o acr PR keys ACTION PRINT START TAG No FIC 123 02 06 05 15 35 DAMPI DAMPING XXXXXXXX key 40 S NEXT ACTION PRINT END sur ACT PR S No keys B 8 6 40 Model M
83. accordance with the entry into ENGINEERING MODE see 12 3 section 5 5 10 on page 5 36 Then press DROPOUT 02 or 4 key to display the screen at right 2 Press the gt key 123 96 DROPOUT 02 3 Using the T or J key change the value to a desired 123 value to be set DROPOUT i 05 4 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position deri 12 3 96 E DROPOUT Press the MODE key to return to the 05 94 MEASUREMENT MODE and to save data 5 54 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 55 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 6 11 Setting low flow cutoff This function is used to set the low flow cutoff value When the flow rate reaches the entered value the analog output is cut off and latched to 4 mA display flow rate of 0 to avoid errors due to flow pulsation in range value close to zero Also for reverse flow rate the output is latched to 4 mA display flow rate of 0 The lower limit of the low flow cutoff setting is determined by the velocity range 1 Ifthe velocity range exceeds 3 m s the lower limit value is 1 2 Ifthe flow velocity range is 3 m s or less the lower limit value will be the
84. at the same time lt Integral type gt lt Remote type gt Figure 3 2 Grounding procedure that uses internal grounding terminal lt Integral type gt mp Es Remote type converter Remote type detector Figure 3 3 Grounding procedure that uses external grounding terminal Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Electrical wiring Wiring connection of power supply and analog current output Communicator Power supply 24V 42V DC Red Receiving Converter 2500 instrument Black Connect 250 Q or over as SFC an external load resistance Figure 3 4 Wire connection diagram Input circuit such as sequence controllers It must use 4 20 mA such as sequence controllers and the input to the equipment with A D at high speed must use the following optional circuits Power supply 24V 42V DC Receiving X nstrument MTG 2500 100Q Figure 3 5 Wire connection diagram When inputting to the sequence controller etc CAUTION Incorrect wiring polarity can cause damage to the equipment Double check the wiring position The SFC and HART Communicator cannot be used simultaneously Only the communication method selected by the data setting de
85. be transmitted to the converter The HART communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 7 15 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation 7 16 Setting the average processing time To set the value of the average processing time proceed as follows 1 From online menu H gt BR h Select MAGHEWTW XXXXXXXX 1 Device setup av tiene 2 4 Detailed setup 10s 2 3 Noise immunity E xj 4 Mvng av time g eri ULL Figure 7 25 will then be displayed Fal ea cla m dedi a sa FN ea x c v einim 1 2 3 er MER Figure 7 25 Use the numeric keys to enter an average processing time in the value input display Setting range of average processing time 1 0s to 30 0s Once a new value is entered press F4 ENTER to return to the Noise immunity menu When the value is outside the range error will be displayed Input the value again After returning to the Noise immunity menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Low flow cutoff To set the low flow cutoff proceed as follows
86. cable assembly 8 80381052 00100 Plug assembly G1 2 9 80352997 00100 Plastic gland 10 80356020 10100 Watertight gland assembly brass Ni plated 11 80382366 00100 Case conduit connection G1 2 standard finish 80382366 00400 Case conduit connection G1 2 corrosion proof finish 12 80382673 00100 Cover assemblies display standard finish 80382673 00200 Cover assemblies display corrosion proof finish 13 80382673 00300 Cover assemblies terminal standard finish 80382673 00400 Cover assemblies terminal corrosion proof finish 14 HS311 230 05000 Screw 15 80382358 00100 Signal cable assembly 16 80382372 00100 Shields plate assembly 17 HS398 204 18000 Screw 8 12 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Maintenance and troubleshooting 8 3 3 Spare parts for remote type detector 10 2 Figure 8 10 Spare parts for remote type detector Table 8 3 Spare parts for remote type detector No Parts number Parts name 1 80380573 00100 Terminal box cover standard finish 80380573 00300 Terminal box cover corrosion proof finish 2 80380571 00100 Terminal boxes conduit connection G1 2 standard finish 80380571 00900 Terminal boxes conduit connection G1 2 corrosion proof finish 3 80380584 00100 Tag plate 4 HS311 230 05000 Screw 5 80356995 00100 Screw 6 80381052 00100 Plug assembly G
87. core shielded cable Figure 3 8 Wiring for power supply Integral type Load resistance Two core shielded cable Figure 3 9 Wiring for power supply Remote type Wiring connection between detector and converter Model SMC11 cable ie a ea a Figure 3 10 Wiring connection between detector and converter Please use model SMC11 cable for wiring connection between detector and converter Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Chapter 4 Operation Outline of this chapter This chapter describes the procedure for start up of the instrument and making zero adjustment It also describes termination of measuring system When starting up and operating the instrument for the first time carefully follow the descriptions in this chapter Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 4 1 Operation Yamatake Corporation 4 1 Confirmation before start up Introduction Before you start up the instrument confirm the following items Numbers in parentheses indicate the chapter to refer 1 Confirm that the electromagnetic flowmeter is installed correctly in the pipes Chapter 2 Instrument installation 2 Confirm that the electrical wiring is correct Chapter 3 Electrical wiring 3 If communication is required confirm that the communication equipment is wired correctly Chapter 3 Electrical wiring 4 Fill the electromagnetic
88. data setting device Key names and functions This section describes the functions assigned to the orange keys which are mainly used to communicate with the converter or to select a screen or to select from the menu Description Key Press key Press SHIFT key SET Used for setting correction No effect d coefficient in LRV setting NEXT Scrolls up the screen in the No effect AH CONFIG function NEXT PREV Scrolls down the screen in No effect yL the CONFIG function PREV OUTPUT Displays value in INPUT Displays an percentage which is transmitted by instantaneous flow rate value the converter to the control loop detected by the converter in a real flow rate CORRECT Press this key to adjust RESET Resets the internal the zero point of the converter This data of the converter to the caa S operation is available while INPUT factory setting input is being read RESET ENTER Press this key to answer NON VOL The data set by NON VOL Yes to a question on the screen the SFC is forcibly written into The screen will move one step up or non volatile memory of the down or data set by the SFC is converter written into the database of the converter Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 7 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Key names and functions This section describes the functions assigned to the ye
89. environment Set the function to OFF 0 0 96 EMPTY OR SCALE ON ELECTRODE 0 0 96 EMPTY OR SCALE ON ELECTRODE 0 0 EMPTY OR SCALE ON ELECTRODE Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C To the next page Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Screen 9 Branch 4 Con When the result is 4 in Step 8 tin Check that the empty or scale on electrode status ued is not detected when SENSITIVITY MID has been set Result If the empty or scale on electrode status is not detected use that SENSITIVITY MID setting s without change 0 0 If the empty or scale on electrode status is EMPTY OR SCALE detected and the screen shown on the right ON ELECTRODE Branch 5 been set Result without change appears this function is not available in that environment Set the function to OFF When the result is 5 in Step 8 Check that the empty or scale on electrode status is not detected when SENSITIVITY HIGH has If the empty or scale on electrode status is not detected use that SENSITIVITY HIGH setting If the empty or scale on electrode status is 0 0 96 detected and the screen shown on the right appears this function is not available in that environment Set the function to OFF EMPTY OR SCALE ON ELECTRODE Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 27 Operation using the data setting de
90. fluctuation in analog output of the converter which is caused by starting the SFC and communicating with the converter from directly affecting the control loop Procedure Use the following procedure to start the SFC The key operations of the SFC and display of the display window slightly vary depending on whether the system has digital output or analog output Step Procedure SFC screen 1 Check that the converter has been started If not started yet start the converter with reference to Chapter 4 Operation in this manual 2 Make sure the wiring between the converter signal line and SFC is correct 3 Turn the SFC on Result SELF CHECK The SFC executes self diagnostics and the eas tl screen as shown on the right appears A CAUTION LOOP IN MANUAL This display is intended to prompt the user to PRESS ID take appropriate action to prevent fluctuation SFCHINIDOSO0SD in the output of the converter caused by the SFC communicating with the converter from directly affecting the control loop Before DE READ ressing the key take appropriate action p g y pprop to change the control device to manual A system with analog output requires special care Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 19 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 6 20 Step Key Proc
91. for the overall safety of the control process Choose the failsafe direction carefully as equipment damage can result from a wrong choice Set range OFF Outputs no pulse HOLD Pulse output signal held at its present state Default OFF Set failsafe mode for pulse output in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter ENGINEERING MODE in accordance with the entry into ENGINEERING MODE see TEE T E section 5 5 9 on page 5 36 Then press the T or 4 i POUT OFF key to display the screen at right 2 Press the gt key 12 3 ERROR OUT MODE P OUT OFF 3 Using the T or 4 key determine the failsafe mode for pulse output 12 3 96 ERROR OUT MODE P OUT HOLD 4 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under 12 3 96 Press the MODE key to return to the ERROR OUT MODE MEASURING MODE and to save data FOUT A CAUTION You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 59 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 6 15 Setting contact output status This function is used to set contact output status for normal operation This function is effective only when contact output has been selected is the function specification Set range CLOSE Sets the open collec
92. from below SENSITIVITY HIGH SENSITIVITY MID SENSITIVITY LOW SENSITIVITY LL SENSITIVITY LLL Outputs Refer to the following table Parameter selection in the Electrode status output mode Output Display OFF ZERO HOLD Analog 4 20mA output Output values as the meter measures Analog output is fixed to 0 4mA Analog output is held at its last good value Pulse output Output values as the meter measures Pulse output is fixed to 0 does not generate pulses Pulse output is held at its present state Display Display the value as it measures Flashes the message 0 and Empty or scale on electrode alternately when 96 flow rate is specified for the main display Flashes the message 0 000 RATE and Empty or scale on electrode alternately when actual flow rate is specified for the main display Flashes the message XXXXXXXX totalized value at setup and Empty or scale on electrode alternately when totalized value is specified for the main display Flashes the values at its last good values and a message of Empty or scale on electrode alternately Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Operation conditions The grounding work must be securely carried out grounding resistance 100Q or less e The fluid conductivity must be 30 uS cm or greater e
93. is not at zero flow may cause measurement errors Set range Default Note None in particular None in particular The zero adjustment takes approx two minutes During the zero adjustment the output of analog current may rise to approx 9 mA in some cases This is not abnormal To carry out the zero adjustment set the control loop to manual Make the auto zero adjustment in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 The screen at right is a screen display example in ES MEASURING MODE measurement state 01 94 XR Press the MODE key 00069 401 2 The OPERATOR S MODE screen appears for 10 approx two seconds and then the damping setting OPERATOR S screen appears E MODE 1 0 96 DAMPING 005 0 s 3 Press the T key once to display the screen as 0 0 o AUTO ZERO READY 4 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position READY EI e AUTO ZERO READY 5 Press the key to start the auto zero adjustment If the main display selects flowrate the display 00 of 0 0 blinks during adjustment With the AUTO ZERO adjustment completed the display stops blinking ON with ON switched to READY 0 0 This zero adjustment takes about two minutes AUTO ZERO READY 6 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under 00 Press the MODE key to return to the MEASURING AUTO ZERO MODE and save data READY
94. is too large or too small for the calorific value s the pulse setting weight and width correct s the output from the main unit correct s a pulse counter of appropriate specifications used Is the dropout value correctly set between 0 and 1095 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Maintenance and troubleshooting 8 3 Spare parts 8 3 1 Spare parts for integral type Figure 8 8 Spare parts for integral type Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 8 9 Maintenance and troubleshooting Yamatake Corporation Table 8 1 Spare parts for integral type No Parts number Parts name 1 80382679 00100 Terminal assembly 2 HS309 230 16000 Screw 3 80383096 00100 Main board 4 80382689 00100 LCD board 5 83958309 00100 Spacers 6 HS311 530 06200 Screw 7 80382637 00100 Main LCD cable assembly 8 80381052 00100 Plug assembly G1 2 9 800208 10 00600 Plug 1 2NPT 10 80354400 00100 Plug assembly CM20 11 80352997 00100 Plastic gland 12 80356020 10100 Watertight gland assembly brass Ni plated 13 80382671 00100 Case conduit connection G1 2 standard finish 80382671 00200 Case conduit connection 1 2NPT standard finish 80382671 00300 Case conduit connection CM20 standard finish 80382671 00400 Case conduit connection G1 2 corrosion proof finish 80382671 00
95. non volatile memory of the converter is abnormal Turn OFF the power and then turn it ON again and check the operation If the same message still appears after taking the action above contact your local Yamatake representative 16 PRINTER FAIL The printer does not operate Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 33 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation No Error message Checkpoint and action 17 RAM FAULT A critical failure Stop the electromagnetic flow meter The RAM of the converter is abnormal Turn OFF the power and then turn it ON again and check the operation If the same message still appears after taking the action above contact your local Yamatake representative 18 ROM FAULT A critical failure Stop the electromagnetic flow meter The ROM of the converter is abnormal Turn OFF the power and then turn it ON again and check the operation If the same message still appears after taking the action above contact your local Yamatake representative 19 SFC FAULT An SFC error Replace the SFC 20 SPAN OVER ERROR As a result of setting the span the maximum measurable flow rate has exceeded 12 m s Check the span diameter or type of the detector 21 gt RANGE The calculation result of the SFC has exceeded the display range Restart the SFC The SFC battery is running low 22 Charge the SFC A minor faul
96. o de comando e de laborat rio Requisitos de CEM Parte 1 Requisitos gerais EN 61326 2 3 2006 Equipamento el ctrico de medi o de comando e de laborat rio Requisitos de CEM Parte 2 3 Requisitos particulares EN 60079 0 2006 Equipamentos el ctricos para atmosferas explosivas Parte 0 Regras gerais EN 60079 15 2005 Material el ctrico para atmosferas explosivas Parte 15 Constru o ensaios e marca o de aparelhos el ctricos do tipo de protec o n EN 61241 0 2006 Aparelhagem el ctrica para utiliza o em presen a de poeira combust vel Parte 0 Regras gerais EN 61241 1 2004 Aparelhagem el ctrica para utiliza o em presen a de poeira combustivel Parte 1 Protec o por inv lucros tD O nome o n mero de identifica o e a morada do organismo notificado conduzindo o EC tipo examina o s o KEMA Quality B V 0344 Utrechtseweg 310 6812 AR Arnhem P O Box 5185 6802 ED Arnhem Pa ses Baixos O mandat rio estabelecido na EU e o signat rio autorizado desta declara o em nome do fabricante est o identificados abaixo JU Azbil Europe N V EA Bosdellestraat 120 2 M Vada B 1933 Zaventem Sterrebeek Director Administrativo B lgica Feito a 10 10 2009 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 1 31 Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation 1 NEPSI Ex nA Certification English
97. page 5 36 Then display the gt OUTPUT CHECK MODE OFF screen at right 2 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the OFF position 20 0 Press the key With the display switched from a gt OUTRUTGHECK OFF to ON the output check mode is then active MODE OFF 20 0 gt OUTPUT CHECK MODE ON 20 0 gt OUTPUT CHECK 000 0 3 Press the T key to display the screen at right 20 0 gt OUTPUT CHECK P OUT 000 0 4 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under a desired value to be checked 20 0 gt OUTPUT CHECK POUT 000 0 5 Pressing the T or 4 key change the value to the desired value to be checked On the screen at 20 0 gt OUTPUT CHECK right a frequency pulse corresponding to flow LOUT 100 0 rate signal 100 is output 6 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position shown on the screen at right 20 0 Movement to another screen by using the or 4 2 OUTPUT key returns to a pulse output according to the LOUT 100 0 actual flow rate Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 7 5 Performing loop checks of contact outputs Contact output check Contact outputs of electromagnetic flowmeter can be turned on and off to perform loop checks of contact output signals This screen appears when contact output has been selected in FUNC SE
98. pressed when the DAMPING cursor is placed at a number 001 0 S the number is decremented Cursor If the cursor is placed at a 1 0000 m s decimal point the decimal SPAN 07 069 m3 h_ point moves rightward Cursor Increment key Changes the parameter at a cursor position Displays the following screen Ifthe key is pressed when the OPERATOR S cursor is placed at the upper MODE left end gt the screen will change Ifthe key is pressed when the DAMPING cursor is placed at a number 001 08 the number is incremented Cursor Ifthe key is pressed when the 1 0000 m s cursor is placed at a decimal SPAN 07 069 m3 h_ point the decimal point moves to the left If the cursor is placed over READY pressing the key starts operation 5 6 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 3 Description of MEASURING MODE 5 3 1 Display overview flow rate display Ist line Main display 7 segment 4 digit display 069 100 0 m3 h 88888888 flow rate 2nd line Actual flow rate display Significant value of 5 digits 3rd line Totalized value display Significant figure of 8 digits Write protect level display WPO to 3 Actual flow rate display Ist line Main display 7 segment 4 digit display 100 0 7 06 9 m3 h 88888888 Actual
99. return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 47 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 6 7 Setting specific gravity This function is used to set the specific gravity when selecting a weight unit t kg g Ib in the flow rate range setting Set range 0 1000 to 5 9999 Default 1 0000 Set the specific gravity in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter ENGINEERING MODE in accordance with z the entry into ENGINEERING MODE see 12 3 section 5 5 10 on page 5 36 Then press the T E GRAVITY 1 0000 or 4 key to display the screen at right 2 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position gt under a desired value to be set or changed 123 GRAVITY 1 0000 3 Using the T or J key change the value to the desired one to be set 12 3 96 GRAVITY 1 0050 4 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under 12 3 Press the MODE key to return to the GRAVITY MEASURING MODE and to save data 1 0050 CAUTION You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value 5 48 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 6 8 Setting pulse
100. settings are changed HART SFN A SFN D NONE HART communication by using the HART Communicator SFC in the analog 4 20 mA output mode DE Digital Enhanced communication Communication is not used disable By default SFN A SFC communication is set Select a communication system in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 The screen at right is a screen display example in 200 MEASURING MODE measurement state 01 94 m3 h Press the MODE key WPO 00069401 2 The OPERATOR S MODE screen appears for 200 approx two seconds and then the damping setting OPERATOR S screen appears MODE 20 0 DAMPING 005 0 s 3 Press the T key three times to display the screen as 200 shown on the right COM SELECT SFN A 4 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position 200 for the communication system SFN A SFN D COM SELECT NONE HART The screen at right shows an SFN A example where SFN A has been selected for the communication system 5 Press the T or J key to select a desired 5 communication system to be set 20 0 Th COM SELECT e screen at right shows an example where HART HART communication has been selected Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Procedure Screen 6 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the
101. the empty or scale on electrode status after fluid is filled in the pipe perform checking when 30 seconds or more have passed after fluid is filled Branch 1 When the result is 1 in step 8 Check that the empty or scale on electrode status is not detected when SENSITIVITY LLL has been set Result If the empty or scale on electrode status is not detected use that SENSITIVITY LLL setting without change If the empty or scale on electrode status is detected and the screen shown on the right appears this function is not available in that environment Set the function to OFF Branch 2 When the result is 2 in step 8 Check that the empty or scale on electrode status is not detected when SENSITIVITY LL has been set Result If the empty or scale on electrode status is not detected use that SENSITIVITY LL setting without change If the empty or scale on electrode status is detected and the screen shown on the right appears this function is not available in that environment Set the function to OFF Branch 3 When the result is 3 in step 8 Check that the empty or scale on electrode status is not detected when SENSITIVITY LOW has been set Result If the empty or scale on electrode status is not detected use that SENSITIVITY LOW setting without change If the empty or scale on electrode status is detected and the screen shown on the right appears this function is not available in that
102. the procedures below 4 How to Replace the main board Step Procedure Fig no 1 Unscrew three spacers which fix the main board Keep Figure 8 6 unscrewed three spacers 2 Carefully disconnect the four connectors on the main board Figure 8 7 3 Replace the main board Part No 80383080 002 with a new one 4 Carefully connect the four connectors respectively to the Figure 8 7 replaced main board 5 Reassemble the replaced main board with the three spacers Figure 8 6 6 Mount the display board and tighten the three screws 7 Before the cover is screwed back into the housing the thread must be clean and well greased 8 Screw the display cover as tight as possible into the housing to secure the required Ingress Protection IP degree 9 Tighten the hexagon socket head cap screw of the interlocking device Main board Part No 8038080 002 3 Connector for the XY cable Figure 8 6 Figure 8 7 1 Connector for the LCD cable 2 Connector for the ABC cable 4 Connector for the power supply cable Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 8 5 Maintenance and troubleshooting Yamatake Corporation 8 2 Troubleshooting 8 6 Types of troubles Introduction If a problem occurs at the instrument start up and operation the following three causes should be considered Inconsistency between the specifications and actual operating condi
103. the right dc appears 9 NON VOL Press the a key GAIN CAL Yes Exits from gain calibration WORKING function SFCMO00006128D CALIBRATE MENU GAIN CAL 10 CLR Press the key and the screen MAG XXXXXXXX Dii returns to the screen as in step 1 READY SFCM00006009D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 69 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Resetting the internal data to factory setting default SHIP DATA RECOV function By executing shipping data recovery you can reset the two wired magnetic flowmeter to the default factory setting Please note that all the data will be reset when executing the SHIP DATA RECOV function Use the following procedure to execute the shipping data recovery Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Confirm that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX CLR READY No ae EI If it is not press the key to SFCHOXOOBUUUD set it to READY 2 Press the key to access the MAGNEW CONFIG WORKING CONFIG functions Press the Sees key or key to display the MAGNEW CONFIG NEXT screen as shown on the right CALIBRATE MENU or SFCM00006108D PREV 3 f NON VOL Press the key Press the CALIBRATE MENU SHIP DATA RECOV key or X key to display the ead screen as shown on the right AH NEXT or PREV 4
104. this function press the key key can also change the screen UNIT XXXXXXXX kg s SFCMO00006040D 4 NON VOL ENTER Yes CLR No Press the key Result and branch The engineering unit to be set is written into the database Setting is completed when the screen returns to step 2 Press the key to return to step 1 When the engineering unit to be set is mass flow rate the setting content is written into the database Go to step 5 UNIT XXXXXXXX WORKING SFCMO00006041D Press numeric keys to set specific gravity UNIT XXXXXXXX 1 5000 Spec Gra SFCM00006042D ENTER Yes 3 lt o e CLR No NON VOL Press the key When the screen as shown on the right appears press the key once again The setting is completed when the screen returns to the screen as in step 2 Press the key to return to step 1 UNIT XXXXXXXX WORKING SFCM00006041D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 25 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Setting output range and correction coefficient URV key 6 26 Introduction The output range of the converter is set at the factory according to the ordered specifications This setting can be displayed on the screen of the SFC or changed Definition Upper Range Value refers to a measured value of flow rate when the output of the con
105. to 1 0 mm and 3 0 to 4 0 mm are required See Table 2 3 and 2 4 on page 2 16 for the appropriate dimensions Protective plate protective plate is required if tightening the bolts to the specified torque may deform or damage the PVC pipe Use stainless or hard metal 1 mm thick or more For the shape of the metal see Figure 2 31 Installation procedure The installation procedure varies depending on conditions such as the fastening torque and the need for a protective plate Choose one of the following three methods as applicable Use this method to install the detector to the specified fastening torque Install the detector as shown in Figure 2 33 See Table 2 5 on page 2 27 for the appropriate fastening torque For dimensions of the rubber gaskets see Table 2 3 and Table 2 4 on page 2 16 Rubber gasket 0 5 1 mm Rubber gasket 3 4 mm Grounding ring Lining Figure 2 33 Installation using Non SUS material grounding ring Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 35 Instrument installation Yamatake Corporation 2 Use this method to install the detector along with a protective plate to prevent PVC pipe from being deformed or damaged when the bolts are tightened to the specified torque Insert a protective plate between the outer side of the PVC flange and the detector as shown in Figure 2 34 The protective plate protects the PVC pipe from deformation or damage when it is secured to the spe
106. torque and the need for a protective plate Choose one of the following three methods as applicable Use this method to install the detector to the specified fastening torque Install the detector as shown in Figure 2 30 The torque level for tightening the bolts is not related to the gasket material See Table 2 5 on page 2 27 for the appropriate torque For the internal diameter of the gaskets see Table 2 2 on page 2 16 CAUTION Please note that the use of rubber gaskets and a lower fastening torque may result in insufficient surface pressure between the lining and the grounding ring resulting in leakage ISS SSSSSGG SSE Lining Grounding ring Gasket Figure 2 30 Installation using SUS material grounding ring Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 33 Instrument installation Yamatake Corporation 2 Use this method to install the detector using a protective plate to prevent PVC pipe from being deformed or damaged when the bolts are tightened to the specified torque Install the protective plate between the outer side of the PVC flange and the detector as shown in Figure 2 31 The protective plate protects the PVC pipe from deformation or damage when secured at the specified torque The torque level is unrelated to the pipe or grounding ring material See Table 2 5 on page 2 27 for the appropriate torque For the internal diameters of the gaskets see Table 2 6 on page 2 29 Protec
107. x XX XXX XX Chasis EX curam trim EI CEN F iJm 3 mmm Enid AIGHRT NIEH Figure 7 68 H MUACGHEVIZVWIX EXEXEXXXX i smnesci asdsrsnce majar om Figure 7 69 H Ny i MAGNEWI Vx eee Seeing fel dew ANORT Figure 7 70 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator Figure 7 71 will appear When executing the adjustment choose SET and press F4 ENTER A numerical value input display Figure 7 72 will then appear Resistance of 10ohm is in between the check pin Therefore when the excitation current is 3 5 mA approx 35 mV will be output Measure this value and input the value by the mV directly Press F4 ENTER The converter will start adjusting to 3 5 mA automatically and return back to the display as shown in Figure 7 71 Verify that the excitation current value is 3 5 mA and terminate the adjustment x MACHEVWA2IW Xx XXXXXX Char EX Bum ja Ena ANORT NTER Figure 7 71 HAA X MACHEVWZW XXXEXXXX Set meter digit i D LE a ala t u t A sel FN on cre ab hoa It amer O00000 laol SON ore ACERT INA Figure 7 72 For the other excitation current adjustment follow the same procedure as shown in above Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 7 35 Operation using HART communicator
108. 0 gt OUTPUT CHECK W CALIBRATOR 20 0 96 2 OUTPUT CHECK LOUT 000 0 3 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under a desired value to be checked 20 0 gt OUTPUT CHECK LOUT 000 0 4 Pressing the T or 4 key change the value to the desired value to be checked As shown on the 20 0 screen on the right the output to the range given go as an analog output is 100 i e 20 mA wens 5 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under gt 20 0 Movement to another screen by using the T or 4 2 aoe good key returns to an analog output according to the auti actual flow rate Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 65 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 7 4 Performing loop checks of pulse outputs 5 66 Pulse output check The electromagnetic flowmeter can be used as a pulse generator to check pulse outputs This screen appears when pulse output has been selected in FUNC SET of ENGINEERING MODE see 5 6 2 Selecting Pulse Output Electrode Status Output or High Low Status Output Default setting Displays the current output value Setting range Range settings are allowed ranging from 0 to 100 Perform loop checks of pulse outputs in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter MAINTENANCE MODE in accordance with the entry into MAINTENANCE MODE see 20 0 section 5 5 9 on
109. 0 Grounding system Resistance 4 20 mA 1 5 Analog signal Grounding input The most effective grounding method is direct connection to earth ground with minimal impedance Figure 1 2 2 System configuration for analog output 1 Remote type Two wired magnetic flowmeter Measures flow rate and outputs instantaneous flow rate value as an analog signal Communicator Used to communicate with this instrument read data and change the instrument data settings Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 1 3 Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation Note To use the SFC read Chapter 6 Operation using SFC communicator in this manual To use the HART communicator read Chapter 7 Operation using HART communicator in this manual Compatible with the SFC of Ver 7 0 or higher However some functions on the main unit cannot be set For DD device description of the HART Communicator use the ACF DD Library Host DD Distribution HCF KIT III Release 2010 Number 1 Device Description 1 Device Revision 2 or later This instrument can communicate on two protocols Smart Field Communication SFC and HART communication HART communicator The communication method to be used is selected by the human data setting device When configuring a system using this instrument it is necessary to determine the power supply voltage and load resistance to
110. 0 mA Gain adjustment Pulse output adjustment Excitation current output adjustment Analog output check Pulse output check Contact output check Converter status check Tag setting Shipping data recovery Equipment information check For a detailed list of all the menus see the HART Communicator s menu table for the two wired magnetic flowmeter at the back of this manual Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 7 5 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation 7 2 1 Setting procedures The procedures to set various device values are described in this section Flow units The unit for the flow is to be set as follows 1 Select 1 Device setup from online menu 1 Figure 7 4 The device setup menu will then be displayed Figure 7 4 2 Select 3 Basic setup from the menu and then the basic setup menu will be displayed Figure 7 5 t ie x MLGHE ATA DOCE X Proce saskien bpane H L di Figure 7 4 Device setup menu HU EIE MLGHE ATA si setup 5 T Pd mode ung my DL VP Das Lia dete juin T Dig ken J IL 7 sir Sit Ll Figure 7 5 Basic setup menu 3 Select 2 PV unit from the basic setup menu 4 the display as shown in Figure 7 6 appears move the a
111. 0006113D 8 ES Press the key or key to DIDO CHECK show this screen SET DI DI MODE Or SFCMO00006114D 9 i NON VOL ae Press the DIDO CHECK The screen as shown on the right will SET DIDI appear mark will be displayed to the bottom right and contact outputs according to the output status 10 After confirming press the key DIDO CHECK we The screen as shown on the right SET DIIDOMODE appears SFCMO00006163D Press the The screen exists the contact output function 11 CLR No Press the key and return to the screen as in step 1 MAG XXXXXXXX READY SFCM00006009D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 65 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Adjusting analog current output CORRECT DAC function Analog current output can be adjusted from converter by changing it into constant current generation mode by SFC Use the following procedure to adjust the analog current output Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Confirm that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX CLR READY No 7 EJ If it is not press the key to SFOND set it to READY 2 INPUT INPUT Smo Press the key OUTPUT XXXXXXXX PUT WORKING Actual output value will be rd displayed OUTPUT XXXXXXXX 50 00 3 wovvo Press the numeric keys to enter the output value to be ad
112. 0380638 00200 1 HS311240 06000 1 Zirconium 2 5 5 80380751 10100 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 10 80380751 10200 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 15 80380751 10300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 25 80380630 00700 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 40 8038063 1 00700 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 50 80380632 00700 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 65 80380633 00700 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 80 80380634 00700 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 100 80380635 00700 1 HS311240 06000 1 150 80380637 00700 1 HS311240 06000 1 200 80380638 00700 1 HS311240 06000 1 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Maintenance and troubleshooting Table 8 5 Flange type grounding ring assembly Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C s pes pee Parts number Qty Parts number Qty Tantalum 2 5 5 80380152 10100 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 10 80380152 10200 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 15 80380152 10300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 25 80380630 00300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 40 8038063 1 00300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 50 80380632 00300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 65 80380633 00300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 80 80380634 00300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 100 80380635 00300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 150 80380637 00300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 200 80380638 00300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 Platinum 2 5 5 80380152 20100 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 10 80380152 20200 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 15 80380152 20300 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 25 80380630 00400 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 40 8038063 1 00400 1 HS
113. 07ATEX0066 elrespeto a los siguientes est ndares EN 61326 1 2006 Material el ctrico para medida control y uso en laboratorio Requisitos de compatibilidad electromagn tica CEM Parte 1 Requisitos generales EN 61326 2 3 2006 Equipos el ctricos para medida control y uso en laboratorio Requisitos de compatibilidad electromagn tica CEM Parte 2 3 Requisitos particulares EN 60079 0 2006 Material el ctrico para atm sferas de gas explosivas Parte 0 Requisitos generales EN 60079 15 2005 Material el ctrico para atm sferas de gas explosivas Parte 15 Construcci n ensayo y marcado de material el ctrico de modo protecci n n no productor de chispas EN 61241 0 2006 Material el ctrico para usa en presencia de polvo inflamable Parte 0 Requisitos generales EN 61241 1 2004 Material el ctrico para uso en presencia de polvo inflamable Parte 1 Protecci n por envolventes tD El nombre numero de identificaci n y direcci n del organismo notificado encargado de la realizaci n de examen CE de tipo son KEMA Quality B V 0344 Utrechtseweg 310 6812 AR Arnhem P O Box 5185 6802 ED Arnhem Holanda El firmante autorizado de esta declaraci n en nombre del fabricante y la persona responsable con sede dentro de la UE se identifican a continuaci n Wi Azbil Europe N V QI F Bosdellestraat 120 2 n M Viet B 1933 Zaventem Sterrebeek Director Gerente B lgica Fe
114. 1 inue ee eere oen Electrical wirihd 2 iore rmt nett LE RR E Chapter 4 Operation 4 1 4 2 Outline of this chapter 2 Ee eaa Confirmation before 5 2 Chapter 5 Operation using the data setting device 5 1 5 2 5 2 1 5 3 5 3 1 5 3 2 5 4 5 5 5 5 1 5 5 2 5 5 3 5 5 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 5 5 7 5 5 8 5 5 9 5 5 10 5 6 5 6 1 Functions of the data setting device Data setting device si siiis ie eie Eea TE sided ne dan Roa Description of MEASURING BIEEVEOTSMIISU MEE Display of write protect level eene enne nsten nne Overview of operation using the data setting device Configuration of OPERATOR S MODE Changing setting of damping time constant ssssssssssssssseeeeeen enne Auto zero adjustment eater rtt ete ene t loko EET E Setting of built in counter reset value ssssssssssssssee eene nnne Setting of built in counter reset value ssssssssessssssse eene Setting auto spike C t neriedi De De Pe e ea itg nd Setting moving average processing ssssssssssssssese esent Setting Elec
115. 1 2 7 80352997 00100 Plastic gland 8 80356020 10100 Watertight gland assembly brass Ni plate 9 HS311 240 06000 Grounding terminal 10 Refer to Table 8 4 Wafer type grounding ring assembly 10 1 Refer to Table 8 4 Screw 10 2 Refer to Table 8 4 PTFE gasket for grounding ring other than SUS 10 Refer to Table 8 5 Wafer type grounding ring assembly 10 1 Refer to Table 8 5 Screw 10 2 Refer to Table 8 5 PTFE gasket for grounding ring other than SUS 11 Refer to Table 8 6 Through bolt and nut for wafer type detector 12 Referto Table 8 7 Special centering tool for wafer type detector Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 8 13 Maintenance and troubleshooting Yamatake Corporation 8 14 Table 8 4 Wafer type grounding ring assembly PE ue jos Parts number Qty Parts number Qty SUS316 2 5 5 80380639 00100 1 HS314203 05000 1 10 80380639 00200 1 HS314203 05000 1 15 80380639 00300 1 HS314203 05000 1 25 80380640 00100 1 HS314203 05000 1 40 80380641 00100 1 HS311230 06000 1 50 80380641 00200 1 HS311230 06000 1 65 80380641 00300 1 HS311230 06000 1 80 80380641 00400 1 HS311240 06000 1 100 80380641 00500 1 HS311240 06000 1 150 80380641 00700 1 HS311240 06000 1 200 80380641 00800 1 HS311240 06000 1 ASTM B575 2 5 5 80380614 00100 1 HS31420
116. 1 6 In this system configuration the instrument transmits digital signals on the DE protocol and the smart protocol converter SPC converts the digital signals into analog signals which is output to a control system It can also output the DE protocol based digital signals without the conversion to a control system Communicator Control system STIM module Figure 1 5 1 System configuration for digital output Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 1 7 Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation Grounding 5 integral power supply Control system Two wired magnetic flowmeter Remote type The most effective grounding method is direct connection to earth ground with minimal impedance Grounding Two wired magnetic flowmeter Remote type Grounding Figure 1 5 2 System configuration for digital output Two wired magnetic flowmeter Measures flow rate and outputs the instantaneous flow rate values and the instrument s self diagnosis results in the form of digital signals Smart protocol converter SPC Receives DE protocol based digital signals from this instrument and converts them and outputs into a 4 20 mA DC or 1 5V DC analog signal Communicator SF
117. 100 96 LO ALM 10 96 t i t PLS 30 000 WID 0010 ms ERROR OUT MODE HOLD t 282 Eu DROP OUT 10 96 ERROR OUT MODE P OUT HOLD t 1 m t LOW FLOW CUT 10 ST OUT MODE NORMAL CLOSE ts a 5 40 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 6 1 Setting ID You can enter a unique 8 digit alphanumeric code for the flowmeter Up to eight alphanumeric characters using any combination of letters A to Z numbers 0 to 9 dash slash space and period Set an ID in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter ENGINEERING MODE see section 5 5 10 on page 5 36 and display the screen where 12 3 the ID is to be set AD SET XXXXXXXX 2 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under a desired character to be changed 12 3 ID SET XXXXXXXX 3 Press the T or J key to select a desired character 12 3 96 ID SET EXXXXXXX 4 If a target TAG NO has been set press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under 12 3 Press the MODE key to return to MEASURING ID SET FIC 0001 MODE and to save data Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 41 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5
118. 11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 77 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Setting dropout PULSE CONFIGURE function Dropout function is to fix the pulse output which is caused by the output fluctuation near 0 of flow rate and is unrelated to the flow rate Use the following procedure to set the dropout using SFC Range of the dropout setting is 0 to 10 Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Confirm that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX CLR READY Sa If it is not press the key to SFCHOXODBUUUD set it to READY 2 Press the key to access the MAGNEW CONFIG WORKING CONFIG functions Press the MN key or key to display the MAGNEW CONFIG screen as shown on the right TOTALIZER MENU Or SFCM00006136D PREV 3 NON VOL sor Press the s key to access the TOTALIZER MENU TOTALIZER functions Press the PULSE CONFIGURE key or key to display SFCM00006142D the screen as shown on the right NEXT or yL PREV 4 NON VOL Press the key to enter into PULSE CONFIGURE PULSE setting function and press P DROP OUT 02 the key SFCM00006153D display the screen as shown on the right or Displays the actual dropout setting Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Key Procedure SFC screen
119. 14 to 326 ANSI JPI 150 11 to 17 112 to 173 ANSI JPI 300 22 to 34 224 to 347 40 mm JIS 10K 22 to 32 224 to 326 1 inch JIS 20K 22 to 34 224 to 347 ANSI JPI 150 13 to 18 132 to 184 ANSI JPI 300 36 to 57 367 to 581 50 mm JIS 10K 24 to 34 245 to 347 2 inches JIS 20K 19 to 31 194 to 316 ANSI JPI 150 23 to 32 235 to 326 ANSI JPI 300 20 to 32 204 to 326 65 mm JIS 10K 20 to 31 204 to 316 2 inches JIS 20K 37 to 61 377 to 622 ANSI JPI 150 26 to 35 265 to 357 ANSI JPI 300 37 to 57 377 to 581 80 mm JIS 10K 20 to 31 204 to 316 3 inches JIS 20K 37 to 61 377 to 622 ANSI JPI 150 26 to 35 265 to 357 ANSI JPI 300 37 to 57 377 to 581 100 mm JIS 10K 22 to 33 224 to 337 4 inches JIS 20K 41 to 66 418 to 673 ANSI JPI 150 21 to 31 214 to 316 ANSI JPI 300 43 to 66 439 to 673 150 mm JIS 10K 47 to 67 479 to 683 6 inches JIS 20K 58 to 91 592 to 928 ANSI JPI 150 42 to 60 428 to 612 ANSI JPI 300 50 to 74 510 to 755 200 mm JIS 10K 44 to 65 449 to 663 8 inches JIS 20K 66 to 102 673 to 1040 ANSI JPI 150 42 to 59 428 to 602 ANSI JPI 300 81 to 120 826 to 1224 Note The numerical value in parentheses is a reference value Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 27 Instrument installation Yamatake Corporation 2 28 Flange shape Use flanges that will maximize the area of contact with the gasket as shown in Figure 2 25
120. 15 Do not set the value to be High alarm value lt Low alarm value Once a new value is entered press F4 ENTER to return to the Digital output menu When the value is outside the range error will be displayed Input the value again After returning to the Digital output menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed 7 23 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation Low alarm value setting To set the low alarm value of contact output proceed as follows 1 From online menu Hil 7 Select MAGNEWZW XXXXOOOEK 1 Device setup Low alarm 2 4 Detailed setup 0 2 2 Conf output E 2 4 Digital output 2 2 Low alarm nal ct aT sfr Figure 7 39 will then be displayed O000000 ETE NIEH Figure 7 39 Use the numeric keys to enter a high alarm value in the value input display Setting range of high alarm value is 0 to 115 Do not set the value to be High alarm value lt Low alarm value Once a new value is entered press F4 ENTER to return to the Digital output menu When the value is outside the range error will be displayed Input the value again After returning to the Digital output menu press F2 SEND Changed setting wil
121. 16 8199 www us azbil com
122. 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator Correction coefficient setting Correction coefficient can be set in case multiplying the correction coefficient to the output flow rate according to its need The correction coefficient is set as follows 1 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C From online menu Select HAN x 1 Device setup MAGHEVWZW X XXXXXXX 6 Coefficient 3 Basic setup 14000 gt 9 Coefficient Figure 7 16 will then be displayed E wu o p jw er otoBOROp ROT ae tettre sra aid Pe e mala ox b eee ee HEF TH NTER Figure 7 16 Use the numeric keys to enter a correction coefficient value in the value input display Up to six digits including a decimal point can be entered Setting range of correction coefficient is 0 1000 to 5 9999 Once a new value is entered press F4 ENTER to return to the basic setup menu When the value is outside the range error will be displayed Input the value again After returning to the basic setup menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART Communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed 7 11 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation Changing communication me
123. 3 ESC is pressed here the selection will be canceled and the display will return to the basic menu After returning to the basic setup menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART Communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Selecting function 7 10 Pulse output and contact output can be selected Follow the procedures described below to select pulse output or contact output l From online menu Select H nh x 1 Device setup MAGHEWZW X XXXXXXX Fine set 3 Basic setup Pulse 3 gt 8 Func set Figure 7 15 will then be displayed Le ST Ele UB dida ST is Figure 7 15 Once the display as shown in Figure 7 15 appears move the arrow key up or down to select a display After making a selection press F4 ENTER Pulse Pulse output Hi Lo ST out contact output or Electrode ST out contact output can be selected If F3 ESC is pressed here the selection will be canceled and the display will return to the basic menu After returning to the basic setup menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART Communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Model MTG11A
124. 3 05000 1 Hastelloy C 10 80380615 00100 1 HS314203 05000 1 276 equivalent 15 80380616 00100 1 HS314203 05000 1 25 80380617 00100 1 HS314203 05000 1 40 80380618 00100 1 HS311230 06000 1 50 80380619 00100 1 HS311230 06000 1 65 80380620 00100 1 HS311230 06000 1 80 80380621 00100 1 HS311240 06000 1 100 80380622 00100 1 HS311240 06000 1 150 80380624 00100 1 HS311240 06000 1 200 80380625 00100 1 HS311240 06000 1 Titanium 2 5 5 80380614 00200 1 HS314203 05000 1 10 803806 15 00200 1 HS314203 05000 1 15 803806 16 00200 1 HS314203 05000 1 25 80380617 00200 1 HS314203 05000 1 40 80380618 00200 1 HS311230 06000 1 50 80380619 00200 1 HS311230 06000 1 65 80380620 00200 1 HS311230 06000 1 80 80380621 00200 1 HS311240 06000 1 100 80380622 00200 1 HS311240 06000 1 150 80380624 00200 1 HS311240 06000 1 200 80380625 00200 1 HS311240 06000 1 Zirconium 2 5 5 803806 14 00700 1 HS314203 05000 1 10 80380615 00700 1 HS314203 05000 1 15 803806 16 00700 1 HS314203 05000 1 25 80380617 00700 1 HS314203 05000 1 40 80386018 00700 1 HS311230 06000 1 50 80380619 00700 1 HS311230 06000 1 65 80380620 00700 1 HS311230 06000 1 80 80380621 00700 1 HS311240 06000 1 100 80380622 00700 1 HS311240 06000 1 150 80380624 00700 1 HS311240 06000 1 200 80380625 00700 1 HS311240 06000 1 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Maintenance and troubleshooting Table 8 4 Wafer type grounding ring assembly
125. 3 11240 06000 1 50 80380632 00400 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 65 80380633 00400 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 80 80380634 00400 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 100 80380635 00400 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 150 80380637 00400 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 200 80380638 00400 1 HS3 11240 06000 1 Gasket Diameter Key number 18 2 Qty mm PTFE 2 5 5 82728099 00100 1 10 82728099 00200 1 15 82728099 00300 1 25 803806 13 00400 1 40 80380613 00500 1 50 80380613 00600 1 65 80380613 00700 1 80 803806 13 00800 1 100 80380613 00900 1 150 80380613 01100 1 200 80380613 01200 1 Maintenance and troubleshooting Yamatake Corporation 8 18 Table 8 6 Through bolt and nut required 1 set per detector Parts number 80380810 ITEM ITEM Diameter mm Flange type Material 101 25 DIN PN10 DIN PN16 DIN PN25 SUS304 102 40 JIS 10K JIS 20K DIN PN10 DIN PN16 DIN PN25 50 JIS 10K DIN PN10 DIN PN16 DIN PN25 65 JIS 10K DIN PN10 DIN PN16 80 JIS G3451 F12 SUS304 103 50 JIS 20K JIS 30K 65 JIS 20K DIN PN25 80 JIS 10K DIN PN10 DIN PN16 SUS304 104 150 JIS G3451 F12 SUS304 105 25 ANSI 150 JPI 150 SUS304 40 ANSI 150 JPI 150 SUS304 106 50 ANSI 150 JPI 150 65 ANSI 150 JPI 150 80 ANSI 150 JPI 150 SUS304 107
126. 500 Case conduit connection 1 2NPT corrosion proof finish 80382671 00600 Case conduit connection CM20 corrosion proof finish 14 80382673 00100 Cover assemblies display standard finish 80382673 00200 Cover assemblies display corrosion proof finish 15 80277719 00100 Cover assemblies terminal standard finish 80277719 00300 Cover assemblies terminal corrosion proof finish 16 HS311 230 05000 Screw 17 80356995 00100 Screw 18 Refer to Table 8 4 Wafer type grounding ring assembly 18 1 Refer to Table 8 4 Screw 18 2 Refer to Table 8 4 PTFE gasket for grounding ring other than SUS 18 Refer to Table 8 5 Flange type grounding ring assembly 18 1 Refer to Table 8 5 Screw 18 2 Refer to Table 8 5 PTFE gasket for grounding ring other than SUS Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Maintenance and troubleshooting 8 3 2 Spare parts for remote type converter Figure 8 9 Spare parts for remote type converter Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 8 11 Maintenance and troubleshooting Yamatake Corporation Table 8 2 Spare parts for remote type converter Model MTG11B No Parts number Parts name 1 80382354 00100 Terminal assembly 2 HS309 230 16000 Screw 3 80383096 00100 Main board 4 80382689 00100 LCD board 5 83958309 00100 Spacers 6 HS311 530 06200 Screw 7 80382637 00100 Main LCD
127. 6 2 Selecting Pulse Output Electrode Status Output or High 5 42 Low Status Output Pulse output electrode status output or high low status output are selectable They are open collector outputs When pulse output has been selected Set pulse scale pulse width drop out and failsafe mode for the pulse output When high low status output has been selected As a contact output self diagnostic output critical failure or upper lower limit alarm is output Select flow rate value for upper lower alarm or output status OPEN or CLOSE in normal condition When electrode status output has been selected As a contact output empty status output or scale on electrode status alarm is output Select output status OPEN or CLOSE in normal condition Setting range PULSE Selection of pulse output HI LO STOUT Selection of contact output for upper lower limit alarm or critical failure status ELECTRODE STOUT Selection of contact output for empty status or scale on electrode diagnostic Default PULSE Select pulse output electrode status output or high low status output in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter ENGINEERING MODE see Entering Engineering Mode and Maintenance Mode on 20 0 page 5 36 Then press the T or J key to display the FUNC SET screen at right PULSE 2 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position 200 5 for set functi
128. A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 67 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 7 6 Configuration of CALIBRATION MODE Introduction CALIBRATION MODE has the following setting and adjustment items Configuration of CALIBRATION MODE requires a dedicated calibrator Wrong operation may hinder accurate measurements of the flow rate To operate in this mode contact your local Yamatake representative Item Content Screen CAL EX Adjusts 3 5 mA excitation 123 LOW 3 5 mA current gt CAL OFF LOW 3 5mA CAL EX Adjusts 4 9 mA excitation 4 9mA current 12 3 gt CAL EX OFF 4 9 mA CAL EX Adjusts 7 0 mA excitation 7 0 mA current 12 3 CALEX OFF 7 0 mA CAL EX Adjusts 11 9 mA excitation 11 9 mA current 12 3 96 gt CALEX OFF 11 9 mA CAL EX Adjusts 14 0 mA excitation 14 0 mA current 12 3 gt CAL OFF 14 0 mA CAL I OUT Adjusts 4 mA analog current LOW 4 000 mA output 123 gt CAL OFF LOW 4 000 mA CAL I OUT Adjusts 20 mA analog current HIGH 20 00 mA output 123 gt CAL OFF HIGH 20 000 mA CAL P OUT Adjusts 90 Hz pulse output FREQ 90 Hz 12 3 96 gt CAL POUT OFF FREQ 90 Hz 5 68 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Item Content
129. AMPING Sets a damping time 20 0 constant DAMPING 005 0 s AUTO ZERO Auto zero adjustment 200 0 AUTO ZERO READY CNT RESET VALUE Sets a built in counter reset value 20 0 CNT RESET VALUE 0004444 CNT RESET READY Resets totalized value to a built in counter reset value 20 0 CNT RESET READY 00000000 SPIKE CUT Sets auto spike cut 20 0 SPIKE CUT OFF AVERAGING Sets a moving average function 20 0 AVERAGING OFF ELECTRODE ST SENSITIVITY Sets electrode status diagnostic function Selects a sensitivity level of electrode status diagnostic function 20 0 ELECTRODE ST SENSITIVITY OFF ELECTRODE ST OUTPUT MODE Sets output mode when the electrode status diagnostic function detects the empty or scale on electrode condition 20 0 ELECTRODE ST OUTPUT MODE OFF DISP SELECT Selects either flow rate actual flow rate or totalized value to be displayed in the main display 20 0 DISP SELECT Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 11 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Item Contents Screen COM SELECT Selects a communication 20 0 method COM SELECT SFN A MODE ENTER Enters the ENGINEERING 20 i ENGINEERING MODE MODE ENTER i ENGINEERING MODE ENTER Enters the MAINTENANCE 20 0 9i MAINTENANCE MODE MODE ENTER MAINTENANCE 5 12 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Y
130. C Used to communicate with this instrument read data and change instrument data settings PM100 PM300 A MC These are process controllers on the UCN which carries out the regulatory control sequences arithmetic operations process I O and other functions simultaneously Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure 1 2 Structure of this instrument and functions of its various parts Structure of main unit Major components This instrument consists of a detector and converter The converter consists of the converter proper indicator data setting device and terminal box Figure 1 6 1 shows overview of the instrument For detailed specification and outline drawing refer to SS2 MTG100 0100 Indicator data setter Detector for output signal line Figure 1 6 1 Overview of integral type Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation Converter Display Data setting unit Nameplate Terminal box Terminal box Special cable Figure 1 6 2 Overview of remote type Names and description of various parts The following table gives a description of the various parts Name Description Detector When a fluid passes through the inside the detector generates a signal of electrom
131. C communicator 6 1 6 1 1 6 1 2 6 2 6 2 1 6 2 2 Structure and functions of SFC essen 6 1 Structure of SEG ooi speso n cit op tes qae utet sence EX Ie tubesbekast de Cea 6 1 Structure of Smart Field Communicator SFO sss 6 1 Functions of SEG eene eee tene edere dec duce eee 6 3 SEG ikey board 2 nrc seien eden mt RET EHE 6 3 Rules of key operations and interaction with 6 4 Ie i re Dues eM E 6 10 SFC WING eeel I 6 11 Wiring between two wired magnetic flowmeter converter and SFC 6 11 SFC unavailable functions eesseesseene eee eene enn ne ennemi 6 11 Before operating SEG c eor Ode Re pe pe ROM Ue pares Cure te eia o Pa fgg 6 12 Status of two wired magnetic flowmeter SFC at SFC 6 12 Confirm write protect mode ensinei en 6 12 Writing on non volatile memory sess 6 13 Changing communication method 6 13 Configuration using SFC communicator nna 6 14 Before communicating using the SFC sss eene 6
132. Corporation Checking pulse output PULSE OUTPUT function Pulse output can be checked by fixing the pulse output from the converter main body by using SFC Use the following procedure to check the pulse output Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 CLR No Confirm that the SFC is set to READY If it is not press the key to set it to READY MAG XXXXXXXX READY SFCM00006009D CONF NEXT faz 8 or PREV as Press the key to access the CONFIG functions Press the key or 7 key to display the screen as shown on the right MAGNEW CONFIG WORKING SFCM00006020D MAGNEW CONFIG TOTALIZER MENU SFCMO00006136D NON VOL ENTER Yes AH NEXT or yL PREV NON VOL Press the key to access the TOTALIZER functions Press the key or key to display the screen as shown on the right TOTALIZER MENU PULSE OUTPUT SFCM00006137D NON VOL ENTER Yes Press the key to display the screen as shown on the right PULSE OUTPUT KEY PULSE SFCM00006138D NON VOL ENTER Yes NON VOL Press the key again The actual pulse output will be displayed as shown on the right PULSE OUTPUT 28 50 PLS SFCMO00006139D Enter the output value to be checked into the screen as shown on the right using numeric key PULSE OUTPUT 50 PLS
133. DE measurement 01 94 m3 h state WPO 00069401 Press the MODE key 2 The OPERATOR S MODE screen appears for 20 0 96 approx two seconds and then the damping setting OPERATOR S screen appears MODE 20 0 DAMPING 005 0 s 3 Press the T key twice to display the screen as 200 o shown MODE ENTER ENGINEERING 4 Press the gt key once to move the cursor to the 200 96 position shown on the screen MODE ENTER ENGINEERING 5 Press the T key With the display is changed ENGINEERING 20 0 MODE i ENGINEERING 1s active MODE The screen appears in approx two seconds 20 0 ID SET XXXXXXXX Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device The procedure for entering MAINTENANCE MODE is shown below Step Procedure Screen 1 The screen shown on the right is a screen display 200 96 example in MEASURING MODE measurement 01 94 m3 h state WPO 00069401 Press the MODE key 2 The OPERATOR S MODE screen appears for 20 0 96 approx two seconds and then the damping setting OPERATOR S screen appears n MODE 20 0 96 DAMPING 005 0 s 3 Press the T key once to display the screen as 200 shown on the right MODE ENTER i MAINTENANCE 4 Press the gt key once to move the cursor to the 20 0 position shown on the screen MODE ENTER MAINTENANCE a Press the 7 key XD With the
134. Description Paper roll compartment Stores heat sensitive paper roll for print out Printer section option This is an optional item A 24 characters line thermal printer Prints out internal data of the converter or communication data The printer section is combined with the main unit and cannot be separated Display window screen Displays messages or data from the converter in 16 characters x 2 lines The data display screen is available in either English or Japanese Power switch Turning ON the power switch of the SFC automatically starts self diagnostics Keyboard There are 32 touch keys Each key provides a separate function and other functions are accessed after pressing the SHIFT key The keyboard is available in either English or Japanese version Communication cable connector Connect the plug side of the communication cable Communication cable e Be sure to use the supplied dedicated cables Battery charger connector Connect the plug side of the battery charger Battery charger Charge the battery of the SFC using the supplied battery charger Note When the battery voltage drops the following sign appears in the display window SFCMO00006001D 6 2 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 6 1 2 Functions of SFC SFC keyboard Key types The SFC keyboard has 32 to
135. Err 04 WRITE ERROR NVM CHECK ERROR Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 77 Non critical error Non critical failures will not seriously affect electromagnetic flowmeter operation When an error occurs during operation and is regarded as a non critical problem by the converter self diagnostics the output will not burn out and the electromagnetic flowmeter will continue to output the measured value If a wrong setting is found an error message is displayed for a second and then the screen set wrongly is displayed Error code of set errors Error Error content Action LCD display code Err 12 Upper lower limit alarm Set HI gt LO set error Err 12 HI lt LO is set SETTING ERROR HI lt LO 21 Span is set to 12 m s or Check the settings of flow more rate range and detector Err 21 information bore SPAN ERROR diameter and detector OVER 12 m s type Err 22 Pulse frequency is too 1 Check pulse scale large or too small 2 Check the setting of Err 22 The flow rate range unit pulse frequency PULSE WEIGHT system is different from 3 Adopt a unified unit SETTING ERROR the pulse unit system system Example SPAN m h pulse scale t h Err 23 The pulse width is too Check the following large settings Err 23 PULSE WIDTH When pulse frequency is output the duty is 70 or more 1 Pulse width 2 pulse scale 3 Span
136. However it has no waterproof capability The customer should provide a waterproof gland Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation 1 3 Hazardous area approvals and CE Mark 1 3 1 Model MTG18A Combination of FM approval and CSA certification for Divi sion 1 and Division 2 1 Approval selection code 1 FM approval Protection codes e Explosionproof with intrinsically safe electrodes for Class I Division 1 Groups A B C and D T4 Dustignitionproof for Class II and III Division 1 Groups E F and G 4 at 20 C lt Tamb lt 60 C Enclosure rating Type 4X and IP67 Cautions Seal not required Electrode circuit is Intrinsically Safe e Substitution of components may impair Intrinsic Safety Control room equipment shall not use or generate in excess of 250Vr m s or DC Installation The equipment shall be installed in accordance with the relevant requirements of the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA70 Grounding To maintain Intrinsic safety of system connect conductor to earth ground so that it has less than one ohm 1 Q to earth ground See ANSI ISA PR12 06 01 Installation of Intrinsically Safe System for Hazardous Classified Locations for guidance on installation of intrinsically safe apparatus and systems CSA certification Protection codes e Class I Division 1 Groups A B C D Class II Division
137. Hz can be output The pulse output can be output simultaneously with an analog output If the integrated flow values are to be output as a pulse to control equipment wire an another two wire to output a pulse output Contact output Instead of the pulse output a contact output the open collector output is available The contact output can be output simultaneously with an analog output Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure System configuration for analog output System configuration An example of system configuration is shown The instantaneous flow rate values measured by this instrument are output as a 4 20 mA DC analog signal In this system configuration the analog signal from the instrument can be output directly to a host control system Communicator SFC HART Communicator Two wired magnetic flowmeter 24 V DC power Host control system 1 5 V input 250 Q resistance Analog signal The most effective grounding method is direct connection to earth ground with minimal Grounding impedance Figure 1 2 1 System configuration for analog output 1 Integral type Two wired magnetic flowmeter Remote type 7 Communicator 2 t Power supply E 24V DC SFC HART Communicator 3 aaron Host control 250
138. Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Make sure that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX a READY If it is not press the key to set it to READY 2 INPUT Press the key OUTPUT XXXXXXXX PUT Result 29 00 OR The current output value appears as shown on the right 3 After checking the current output value press the key to return to step 1 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 27 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 6 28 Loop check of output signal Introduction The converter is provided with a function of a constant current generator As the magnitude of a current that can be generated an arbitrary value of 0 to 100 of the flow rate signal can be set A loop check can be made using this function Used when Use this function to check the connection status or the operation of devices connected to the converter in the measured loop Operation This function is operated from the SFC Use the following procedure Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Make sure that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX If a screen other than the one as shown READY CLR SFCM00006009D on the right is displayed press the key 2 INPUT Press the key OUTPUT XXXXXXXX a i ter the value of 3 Press numeric keys to enter the value OUTPUT a signal current to be genera
139. LECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE flashes flashes does not flashes does not flashes does not flashes does not flashes LOW EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON ELECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE flashes flashes flashes does not flashes does not flashes does not flashes MID EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON ELECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE flashes flashes flashes flashes does not flashes does not flashes HIGH EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON ELECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE flashes flashes flashes flashes flashes does not flashes If the empty or scale on electrode status is not detected when HIGH has been set in the case of result 6 this function is not available in that installation environment Repeat steps 1 to 5 to set the function to OFF To the next page 5 25 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 26 Step Procedure Screen 9 Next fill fluid into the pipe If the scale appears on the electrode clean the electrode and fill fluid Check that the empty or scale on electrode status is not detected in this condition Since it takes at least 30 seconds to clear
140. MANUAL ZERO WORKING v 3 Check the value of zero point If 0 0 is displayed on the main display MANUAL ZEROING is not 0 5 necessary for MANUAL ZEROI If the value of MANUAL ZERO lv zero point is not 0 0 adjust the zero point READY 4 Move the cursor under READY by pushing the gt TE key 5 96 3 gt MANUAL ZERO READY Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Note If the main display shows 2 0 the zero point value may exceed 2 0 Execute Auto zero before manual zero Step Procedure Screen 5 Adjust zero point by pushing the or 4 key so that the main display shows 0 0 0 0 By pushing the T key once READY changes to UP gt MANUAL ZERO and the zero point value increases 0 05 READY By pushing the 4 key once READY changes to DOWN and the zero point value decreases 0 05 It takes about 20 seconds to change the zero point value During manual zeroing the value in the main display flashes If you push the T or 4 key again wait until the value in the main display does not flash Note Do not keep on pushing the T or 4 key Manual zeroing does not work 0 0 96 gt MANUAL ZERO UP 0 0 96 gt MANUAL ZERO1 DOWN 6 Move the cursor to the mode indicator by pushing key 0 0 gt MANUAL ZERO1
141. MODE setting screen appears 20 0 DAMPING 005 0s 3 Press the T key to display the screen shown on the 20 0 96 Hen ELECTRODE ST OUTPUT MODE OFF 4 Press the key to move the cursor to the OFF 20 0 ELECTRODE_ST OUTPUT MODE OFF 5 Press the T key to select ELECTRODE ST 20 0 OUTPUT MODE a ELECTRODE_ST Press the T or 4 key to display the OUTPUT MODE ZERO ELECTRODE ST OUTPUT MODE to be set Select ZERO HOLD or OFF 20 0 ELECTRODE_ST OUTPUT MODE HOLD 6 Press the MODE key to return to the MEASURING MODE and to save the data 5 32 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 5 8 Selecting flow rate to be displayed in the main display Select the flow rate to be always shown in the main display The flow rates other than that selected for the main display are shown in the sub displays Thereby three flow rates can always be monitored Set Description flow rate RATE Actual flow rate TOTAL Totalized value flow rate Displays flow rate RATE Actual flow rate Setting range RATE TOTAL Default RATE Select the flow rate to be shown in the main display in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 The screen at right is a screen display example in 200 MEASURING MODE measurement stat
142. MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Names and description of various parts The following table describes the various parts of the terminal box Name Description Power supply LOUT Analog current output and DC power supply Output signal terminals terminal Pulse Contact output PULSE STATUS OUT 4 Open collector pulse output and contact output terminals External ground ing terminal Make a one point grounding at a place as close to this instrument as possible The grounding is essential for flow measurement Improper grounding can cause malfunctions Integral type Remote type 52 5 Grounding co lo p o Grounding Grounding As close as possible The most effective grounding method is direct connection to earth ground with minimal impedance Internal ground ing terminal f susceptible to noise during communication connect one end of the shielded wire to this terminal Do not connect in normal cases Connected inside to the external grounding terminal When using take care not to make a two point grounding Output signal line conduit Wire the signal line through this port Comes with a plastic dust cover if a type number without a waterproof gland is selected
143. MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device When calibrate the remote style converterwith the MGZ calibrator short C terminal and ground terminal on the converter housing By shorting C terminal and ground terminal on the converter housing accurate calibration can be done MGZ calibrator SIGNAL Grounding resistance less than 100Q Short C terminal and ground terminal on the converter housing Grounding resistance less than 1000 Remote style Figure 5 4 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 71 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 7 7 Manual zero 5 72 This function is used to improve flow measurement more accurately when the flow rate becomes 25 or less of setting range Model MTG has three manual zeroing functions for each excitation current MANUAL ZEROI Zeroing for the excitation current 4 9mA MANUAL ZERO 2 Zeroing for the excitation current 7 0mA MANUAL ZERO3 Zeroing for the excitation current 11 9mA 14 0mA Make sure the detector is filled with the process fluid and stands still Before manual zeroing execute auto zero Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter CALIBRATION MODE Use f or J key to 05 9X cycle through the screens until the MANUAL MANUAL ZERO4 ZEROI screen appears READY lv 2 WORKING is flashing for approximately 20 0 5 96 seconds Wait until READY appears
144. MTG11B 18B MTG14C 1 35 Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure 906 6 08 AJY WS IMDJ UOI DI DJSU PRs JILL ONOMQ 8 Z L 70 IWS ddv A AHI ASSV BOR HSIN LN3ALV3HI EW AR TWIMSLVW BH USAWVH Tu VN IA SSINHDNOY 5 8EX Q310N SSJINN 3JNVH3101 84020 RS j Bo AYVLAINdONd AAVLVWVA SW upuj alow Jo asn pajjuJad JOU si snjoJoddp pai e pajo4juo2 JUBIIND ay sjndjno ayy Sapi 0Jd J8jJaAUO2 y asnDIaq snjDJoddp plal SAIPUSBIUIUOU pajDI20SSD y 3 JO 28 aq jou paau paumnbaJ jou si 3 ON 91002 11 01 10029 15 09 IA JO DOA XDUA Buioroj ay Jepun paysijqojsa si Guim pyaiy au SUOlD20 pauissojoun JO y jo AUD snjpnddo aAipue2uiuou pajDI2OSSD snjpnddo jo uoi 2auuo2 J8 ul ay SMOD jda2uo2 4INDIID au V 0L 7002Z UOID DJSUI Z 3007 PUD Z UOISIAI pasinay Z 6 7002 pasinay 52 8 7002 pasinay 8 7002 pasinay alva 9 80338 zO
145. NFIG ENTER The changed setting is saved to the ENTERELINISFG SF SFCMO00006089D 9 m Press key to ALARM CONFIG show this screen DOWNLOAD DATA or SFCMO00006092D L PREV 10 NON VOL Press key pic ves J The changed setting is written into i the database of the converter Setting is completed Press the MAG XXXXXXXX dai key and return to the screen as in READY step 1 SFCM00006009D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 55 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Deciding fail safe direction F S SET UP function 6 56 Introduction Deciding fail safe direction refers to deciding the direction of output burnout if an error causes the converter to fail to measure the flow rate For error refer to Error messages and remedial action on page 6 32 There are three directions as shown below Analog output Burnout up UP Causes the readout of a signal from the converter to swing fully in the direction of a maximum value 21 8 mA TYP Burnout down DWN Causes the readout of a signal from the converter to swing fully in the direction of a minimum value 3 7 mA TYP Hold HLD Holds the output immediately to a value before the error occurrence Pulse output Stop STOP Stops the pulse output Hold HLD Keeps the
146. NGE CONFIG SFCMO00006018D AH NEXT or PREV Press the key or key to show this screen MagneW CONFIG FAILSAFE CONFIG SFCM00006094D NON VOL ENTER Yes NON VOL Press the key MAGNEW CONFIG WORKING SFCM00006020D 6 58 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Key Procedure SFC screen 5 yi Press key to FIS SETUP Laid show this screen Present burnout PULSE OUT HOLD direction appears or yL PREV 6 DE CONF BERE TEN Press the key and select the F S SETUP output status to be set You can PULSE OUT HOLD select HOLD or STOP RD 7 NON VOL Press the et key y F S SETUP Me Fail safe direction which is set is confirmed SFCMO00006096D 8 y Press us key or key to FIS SETUP show this screen DOWNLOAD DATA 9 NON VOL NON VOL ae Press the key The screen F S SETUP shown to the right appears and the WORKING changed setting is written into the database of the converter F S SETUP DATA LOADED 10 Setting is completed Press the CLR No key and return to the screen as in step 1 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 59 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Select pulse output contact
147. NXO NON VOL RE Press the key PULSE OUTPUT The changed setting is saved on the ENTERED IN SFC SFC SFCMO00006164D 9 L Pes the key or key to PULSE OUTPUT display the screen as shown on the DOWNLOAD DATA or right SFCM00006148D PREV 1 0 NON VOL NON VOL Press the key PULSE OUTPUT Changed setting data is written into DATA LOADED the database of the converter ei returns to the screen as in step 1 READY SFCM00006009D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 75 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Setting pulse width PULSE CONFIGURE function Use the following procedure to set the pulse width Available setting range of pulse width is DUTY rate lt 70 Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Confirm that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX CLR READY No If it is not press the key to SFOND set it to READY 2 Press the key to access the MAGNEW CONFIG WORKING CONFIG functions Press the E key or X key to display the MAGNEW CONFIG NEXT screen as shown on the right TOTALIZER MENU or SFCM00006136D 3 NON VOL won Press the key to access the TOTALIZER MENU TOTALIZER functions Press the PULSE CONFIGURE key or key to display SFCM00006142D the screen as shown on the right NEXT Or PREV 4 NON VOL NON VOL ENTER Yes NEXT P
148. OEFF 1 0000 LOFCUT ON 0 6 F SI UP DO OPEN P HOLD PULSE CONF ADD RESET 0000000000 WEIGHT 110 cc p WIDTH DUTY 50 DROP 0 5 INPUT 70 69 m3 OUTPUT 100 02 STATUS CHECK OK 6 38 Meaning Time when printed Tag no Detector information Diameter Type Detector constant Range Communication mode Setting of contact input Setting of contact output Software version Damping constant Span Specific gravity Correction coefficient Low flow cutoff Burnout 4 20 mA output Burnout Contact output Burnout Pulse output Pulse information Setting of built in counter Reset value Pulse scale Pulse width Dropout value Input value Output value Status Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Continuously printing response result ACT PRINT key Used when Action printout continuous printout is used to continuously print out the results of responses from the converter to key operations from the SFC and to keep the data Procedure Use the following procedure to carry out action printout Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Start communication between the SFC and converter For the detailed procedure see Starting communication ID DE READ key on page 6 19 CLR No Make sure that the SFC is set to READY If it is not press the key to set it to READY MAG
149. OM 20 0 e version and date can be checked 2 ee Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 75 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 7 10 Returning to settings at shipment SHIPPING DATA default value RECOVERY Performing SHIPPING DATA RECOVERY returns the internal data settings of the device to the settings at time of shipment Note that executing this operation erases the data that was set and changed by the customer Perform SHIPPING DATA RECOVERY in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter MAINTENANCE MODE in accordance with the entry into MAINTENANCE MODE see 20 0 gt OUTPUT CHECK section 5 5 9 on page 5 36 Using the or key display the screen at right MODE OFF 2 Press the T key twice to display the screen at right 20 0 gt CRITICAL MODE OFF 3 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the OFF position Then press the T key to switch the SRiTICAL 20 0 display from OFF to ON isplay from o MODE ON After the entry into CRITICAL MODE the 20 0 screen at right appears gt ROM VER ivi DATE YY MM DD 4 Press the T key to display the screen at right 20 0 SHIPPING RECOVERY READY Iv Press the gt key to move the cursor to READY position and then keep pressing the T key for 20 0 gt SHIPPING DATA three seconds or more RECOVERY READY
150. Once the display as shown in Figure 7 30 appears move the arrow key up or down to select pulse scale unit After making a selection press F4 ENTER If F3 ESC is pressed here the selection will be canceled and the display will return to the Pulse output menu After returning to the Pulse output menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Pulse scale To set the pulse scale proceed as follows 1 From online menu Hi a x MAGHEW2W XXXXXXXX 1 Device setup Puls scaling 2 4 Detailed setup ETLTTSEB 2 2 Conf output 2 Pulse output k agat DTE dee Ve alg gt 2 Puls scaling 300005 paldi F fa s n rv Figure 7 31 will then be displayed zele lele go Ono ETE th Figure 7 31 Use the numeric keys to enter pulse scale in the value input display Setting range of pulse scale is span frequency of 0 0001 Hz to 200 Hz Once a new value is entered press F4 ENTER to return to the Noise immunity menu When the value is outside the range error will be displayed Input the value again After returning to the Noise immunity menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner wh
151. PM ST OUT CLOSE Y Y X AVERAGING GRAVITY OUTPUT CHECK ON 30 05 1 0000 Y ELECTRODE ST COEFFICIENT gt CALIBRATION SENSITIVITY OFF 1 0000 MODE OFF ELECTRODE ST PLS 10 000Hz gt CAL EX OFF OUTPUT MODE ZERO SCL 196 36mG P LOW 3 5mA R DISP SELECT PLS 30 000 gt CAL EX OFF TOTAL WID 0010ms 4 9mA Y Y COM SELECT DROP OUT 2CAL EX OFF HART 10 7 0mA HREEENENE INKGEENUES ENTER LOW FLOW CUT 2CAL EX OFF ENGINEERING 10 11 9mA D MODE ENTER HI ALM 100 gt CAL EX OFF MAINTENANCE LO ALM 100 14 0mA NMENFENLEU Zee ERROR OUT MODE gt CAL 1 0UT OFF I OUT HOLD LOW 4 000mA E ERROR OUT MODE gt CAL 1 00 OFF P OUT HOLD HIGH 20 000mA ST OUT MODE 20AL P OUT OFF NORMAL CLOSE FREQ 90Hz gt GAIN ZERO READY gt CAL GAIN 2 5m s READY gt GAIN 10 0m s READY Y Displayed only when PULSE is selected 2MANUAL ZERO by FUNC SET in ENGINEERING READY MODE gt MANUAL ZERO2 2 Displayed only when STOUT is selected READY by FUNC SET in ENGINEERING S MANUAL ZERO3 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Introduction 5 5 Configuration of OPERATOR S MODE OPERATOR S MODE provides the following setting and adjustment items For details on functions in the items see 5 5 1 Changing setting of damping time constant and later Item Contents Screen D
152. PN25 65 DIN PN10 DIN PN16 DIN PN25 100 DIN PN10 DIN PN16 011 50 ANSI 300 JPI 300 80 DIN PN10 DIN PN16 DIN PN25 012 50 JIS 30K JIS 30K Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Maintenance and troubleshooting ITEM Diameter mm Flange type 015 80 JIS G3451 F12 100 JIS G3451 F12 018 65 ANSI 300 JPI 300 80 JIS 20K 100 JIS 20K 019 40 ANSI 300 JPI 300 80 JIS 30K 020 100 DIN PN25 DIN PN40 021 40 JIS 30K 022 65 JIS 30K 025 100 JIS 30K 033 25 DIN PN10 DIN PN16 DIN PN25 035 65 ANSI 150 JPI 150 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 8 21 MEMO Document Number Document Name CM2 MTG300 2001 MagneW Neo MagneW Two sire PLUS Smart Two wire Electromagnetic Flowmeter Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C User s Manual Date Issued Edited by May 201 0 initial Yamatake Corporation Specifications are subject to change without notice azbil Yamatake Corporation Advanced Automation Company 1 12 2 Kawana Fujisawa shi Kanagawa ken 251 8522 Japan URL http www azbil com No part of this publication may be reproduced or duplicated without the prior written permission of Yamatake Corporation Azbil North America Inc 9033 N 24th Ave Suite 6 Phoenix AZ 85021 888 262 4639 602 2
153. READY 7 Push the J key and display the MANUAL ZERO2 screen 0 5 gt MANUAL ZERO2 WORKING 8 Execute MANUAL ZEROJ as well as MANUAL ZEROI Refer to the Step 2 to 6 0 0 gt MANUAL ZERO2 WORKING 9 Push the J key and display the MANUAL ZEROS3 screen 0 5 96 gt MANUAL ZERO3 WORKING 10 Execute MANUAL ZERO3 as well as MANUAL ZEROI Refer to the Step 2 to 6 0 0 gt MANUAL ZERO3 WORKING 11 Push the MODE key and return to the MEASURING MODE 0 5 MEASURING MODE Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 73 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 7 8 Configuration of CRITICAL MODE Introduction CRITICAL MODE has the following setting and adjustment items Item Content Screen ROM VER Displays the ROM version and date DATE SHIPPING DATA You can return the device to factory default value setting default values for pertinent SHIPPING rd RECOVERY operational and configuration RECOVERY READY parameters These parameters are entered before the device is shipped so they are commonly referred to as shipping data They include factory calibration data and factory settings or initial default settings for customer configuration data Iv INITIAL Initial data recovery eliminates all DATA calibration data and configuration 20 0 RECOVERY parameters gt INITIAL DATA DO NOT use this function RECOVERY READY
154. Screen CAL GAIN Adjusts 0 m s gain ZERO 12 3 96 CAL GAIN OFF ZERO READY CAL GAIN Adjusts 2 5 m s gain 2 5 m s 123 gt CAL GAIN OFF 2 5 m s READY CAL GAIN Adjusts 10 0 m s gain 10 0 m s 12 3 gt CAL GAIN OFF 10 0 m s READY MANUAL ZEROI Fine zero tuning for excitation current 4 9mA 0 1 gt MANUAL ZERO READY MANUAL ZERO2 Fine zero tuning for excitation current 7 0mA 0 1 MANUAL ZERC2 READY MANUAL ZERO3 Fine zero tuning for excitation current 11 9mA 0 1 14 0mA gt MANUAL ZERO3 READY Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 69 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation LCD display flow The LCD display flow of CALIBRATION MODE is as follows gt CAL EX OFF LOW 3 5 mA 1 4 a la gt CAL EX OFF 4 9 mA t Hl 2 CAL EX OFF 7 0 mA 1 l Hy gt CAL OFF 11 9mA 1 Ay Hy gt CAL OFF 14 0 mA 1 Hy gt CAL 1 OUT OFF LOW 4 000 mA aj fa gt CAL OFF HIGH 20 000 mA a lu gt CALPOUT OFF FREQ 90 Hz t A d Ey gt CAL GAIN ZERO READY t Ay m v gt CAL GAIN 2 5 mis READY t gt CAL GAIN 10 0m s READY t Ay my L gt MANUAL ZERO1 READY t Ay M gt MANUAL ZERO2 READY Ay HY gt MANUAL ZERO3 READY t Ay m gt CRITICAL MODE OFF 5 70 Model MTG11A 18A
155. Selecting an installation method CAUTION The necessary materials and the installation method vary according to the material of the ring and that of the pipe on which the detector is to be installed Select the appropriate method of installation after confirming the specifications of the detector to be installed and the conditions of installation Improper installation may result in leakage or damage to the pipe flanges Installation method according to materials Select the appropriate installation method from the table below Pipe material Grounding ring material See page SUS material page 2 20 Metal Non SUS material page 2 21 SUS material page 2 22 PVC Non SUS material page 2 24 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 17 Instrument installation Yamatake Corporation Installation on horizontal pipe CAUTION Improper installation may result in leakage or cause damage to the pipe flanges Required accessories The following parts are required Through bolts and nuts Centering nuts e Gaskets The required gasket material will vary according to the material of the pipe on which the detector is to be installed See the installation procedures for different pipe materials described on page 2 20 to page 2 25 Procedure Follow this procedure to install the detector on a horizontal pipe Step Action Drawing 1 Insert through bolts in the flange holes
156. Setting pulse width iiie tei tei teu hee dp rid e es e ders 5 51 Setting drop Out DER ieri reset feed sae tegat oes 5 54 Setting OW 5 56 Setting upper and lower limit alarm 5 57 Selecting failsafe mode for analog outputs sss 5 58 Selecting failsafe mode for pulse 5 59 Settirig contact outp t status ie neci ei itae ere 5 60 Configuration of MAINTENANCE MODE 5 61 Configuration of OUTPUT CHECK 5 62 Performing Loop Checks of Analog Outputs by using a calibrator Model MGZ 5 64 Performing loop checks of analog 5 65 Performing loop checks of pulse outputs eee 5 66 Performing loop checks of contact outputs ene 5 67 Configuration of CALIBRATION merenti 5 68 Manual FEE 5 72 Configuration of CRITICAL 5 74 Displaying ROM version and date ener ennt nn 5 75 Returning to settings at shipment ssssssssssssssssseseeeee eene enne nnne nnn 5 76 Description of Error Messages cccceceesseeeeeceeeeeeeeseeneeeeeseseeseeeeeenens 5 77 Chapter 6 Operation using SF
157. T 100 t i fa sy Z OUTPUT CHECK STOUT CLOSE t ij ln gt OUTPUT CHECK EX EX1 t i fa gt OUTPUT CHECK MODE OFF Note 1 Displayed only when PULSE is selected by FUNC SET in ENGI NEERING MODE Note 2 Displayed only when 1 LO STOUT or ELECTRODE STOUT is selected by FUNC SET in ENGINEERING MODE Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 63 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 7 2 Performing Loop Checks of Analog Outputs by using a calibrator Model MGZ 5 64 Analog Output Check With the signal input by a calibrator Model MGZ the electromagnetic flowmeter outputs analog 4 to 20mA to perform the loop check Other instruments in the analog current output loop such as recorders and controllers can be checked Default setting Signal input by the calibrator Model MGZ Setting range 0 25 to 100 The flow rate input from 1 to 24 are not available Perform loop checks of analog outputs by using a calibrator Model MGZ in accordance with the following procedures Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter MAINTENANCE MODE see Entering 5 Engineering Mode and Maintenance Mode 20 0 page 5 36 Then the screen at right is displayed gt OUTPUT CHECK MODE OFF 2 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the OFF lt position 20 0 Press the T key With the displays switched from 2 OUTPUT CHECK OFF to ON the output check mode
158. T of ENGINEERING MODE see 5 6 2 Selecting Pulse Output Electrode Status Output or High Low Status Output Default setting Displays the current contact output status Setting range Set range CLOSE and OPEN Perform loop checks of contact outputs in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter MAINTENANCE MODE in accordance with the entry into MAINTENANCE MODE see 20 0 section 5 5 9 on page 5 36 Then display the eo CU arenes MODE OFF screen at right 2 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the OFF position 20 0 Press the T key With the display switched from gt OFF to ON the output check mode is then active MODE OFF 20 0 gt OUTPUT CHECK MODE ON 20 0 gt OUTPUT CHECK LOUT 000 0 3 Press the T key twice to display the screen at right 20 0 In this status a contact output corresponding to 2 OUTPUT CHECK the display is output STOUT CLOSE 4 Press the key to move the cursor to the OPEN or CLOSE position that indicates the status of 20 0 OUTPUT CHECK tact output contact outpu ST OUT CLOSE 5 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under gt 12 3 96 Movement to another screen by using the T or 4 OUTPUT CHECK key returns the contact output to the output status STOUT CLOSE according to the current status Iv Model MTG11A 18
159. TER Yes NEXT e 8 or yL PREV NON VOL Press the key to access the TOTALIZER functions Press the key or key to display the screen as shown on the right TOTALIZER MENU PULSE CONFIGURE SFCM00006142D NON VOL ENTER Yes AH NEXT or yL PREV NON VOL Press the key to enter into PULSE setting function and press the key or key to display the screen as shown on the right Displays the actual pulse scale unit PULSE CONFIGURE UNIT mG p SFCMO00006143D DE CONF MENU ITEM DE CONF Press the key and select the unit to be set Available units are in the actual unit system PULSE CONFIGURE UNIT G p SFCMO00006144D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device CLR No Press the key and the screen MAG XXXXXXXX Step Key Procedure SFC screen 6 NON VOL NON VOL ER Press the key PULSE CONFIGURE The changed setting is saved on the ENTERS IN SFC SFCM00006145D 7 Next set pulse width Press the AH PULSE CONFIGURE key or key to display T i f the screen as shown on the right Actual pulse scale will be displayed Enter the pulse scale PULSE CONRIOURE you want to set by pressing the 12 numeric keys SFCMO00006147D 8 O
160. TG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Switching between digital output and analog output A e DE key Introduction Allows the signal line output of the converter to be switched between analog and digital Communication method can be displayed on the two wired magnetic flowmeter main body s data setting screen However analog communication will be displayed as an SFN A and digital as an SFN D CAUTION Before switching the output adjust the higher devices according to the output analog or digital of the converter This is to prevent the output coming from the converter from affecting the control loop Procedure Use the following procedure to change the output of the converter Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 CLR Confirm that the SFC is set to READY Ifitis not press the key to set it to READY MAG XXXXXXXX READY SFCM00006009D SHIFT gt g gt B Press the key and then press A DE the key Result f digital output is currently set the screen to the upper right appears Ifanalog output is currently set the screen do shown on the lower right appears MAG XXXXXXXX CHNG TO ANALOG SFCM00006031D For digital output MAG XXXXXXXX CHNG TO DIGITAL SFCM00006032D For analog output ENTER Yes z o lt
161. TG14C 1 37 Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation 1 3 3 EU Pressure Equipment Directive 97 23 EC Model MTGI8A and MTG18B are in accordance with SEP category Article 3 paragraph 3 for dangerous liquids Table 1 1 DN Maximum Pressure Less than 65mm 30bar 80mm 25bar 100mm 20bar 150mm 13bar 200mm 10bar for non dangerous liquids The maximum process pressure is 30bar for all sizes Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Chapter 2 Instrument installation Outline of this chapter This chapter describes the instrument installation procedures The necessary components and installing methods depend on the grounding ring material and installed pipe material The description proceeds in the following order Criteria for selecting an installation environment Outline of installation method of the instrument Material wise detailed installation methods Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 1 Instrument installation Yamatake Corporation 2 1 Before installation Criteria for installation location 1 Introduction To bring out the performance of this instrument to the maximum choose the optimum installation location according to the following criteria for installation location Cautions on surrounding environment Install at a place where the ambient temperature is in the range from 4 F to 140 F 20 C t
162. Verifying aiaa 7 4 5124 Cautioris iet te deett ien p e eR seg 7 4 7 2 Setting and calibrating devices using the HART Communicator 7 5 22212 Setting procedures eite cete ce tenere eoe one eats een RUE De RE 7 6 BAT 7 6 pem 7 7 Speclfic gravily 5 cette sz miii Miete tds cathe 7 7 Damping time constant tei rte eden tree ces 7 8 Table of Contents Zero adjustmeht rites eens tee esas dena e ea Du ee e i a Dee 7 9 oSelecting display 5 e ERR ER educated egre herede dace 7 10 Selecting f nction etim netten tete EN 7 10 Correction coefficient setting 7 11 Changing communication method 7 12 7 2 2 Setting converter data osse eese tee ted dede dede tede e oder ted 7 13 Detector diameter dap I EH 7 13 Detector type edite teca oe Aled Le teste teed decora 7 13 Detector constant cic dtes pcd opes eie v Pre 7 14 17 2237 Signal processing eerte teet ee tee Eo ovt oet stre eee ave hee cede etn eh 7 15 P eno Eel TC 7 15 Setting average processing a a a aa a entes enne testen nnn 7 15 Sett
163. W calibrator 1221 Low flow cut 1435 Analog output check 1222 Drop out 1436 Pulse output check 1223 Electrode status sensitivity 1437 Contact output check 1224 Electrode status output mode 1438 Others Pulse setting Converter status 121 Pulse scale unit 14221 ID setting 131 Pulse scale 14222 Shipping data recovery 1236 Pulse width 14223 Review 15 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator 7 4 2 Menu tree T Process variables gt T PV 2 PV range 3 AO 4 Totalizer display 5 Pulse scaling 2 Diag Service 1 Device status 1 Status group 1 2 Status group 2 3 Status group 3 2 Loop test 1 Loop check mode 2 Output check AO 3 Output check Pls 4 Output check DO 3 Calibration 2 1 DIA trim 2 Auto zero trim 3 Manual zero 4 Gain trim 5 Pulse trim 6 Ex current trim 7 Shipping RCVR 3 Basic setup gt T Tag 2 PV unit 3 PV URV 4 Gravity 5 PV Damp 6 Auto zero trim 7 Display select 8 Func set 9 Coefficient 4 Detailed setup gt T Detector config 2 1 Tube size 2 Detector type 3 Ex value 4 C2 value R W 2 Conf outputs Analog output 2 1 PV unit 2 PV URV 3 PV LRV 4 Lo flow cutoff 5 Burn out AO 6 Output check AO 5 Review 2 Pulse output gt T Puls out unit 2 Puls scaling 3 Pulse widt
164. WORKING SFCMO0006160D RESET TOTALIZE TOTAL RESET SFCMO0006161D CLR No After checking the pulse output press the key and the screen returns to the screen as in step 1 MAG XXXXXXXX READY SFCM00006009D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 81 MEMO Chapter 7 Operation using HART communicator 7 1 Preparation for communication verification and cautions on use This section describes the preparation necessary for communication between a device and a HART Communicator This section also covers the procedure to verify communication The first step for preparation is to perform wiring between the converter and the HART Communicator After wiring has been completed turn the power on and verify that communications are functioning properly 7 1 1 Wiring between converter and HART Communicator The following describes the methods of wiring between converter and HART Communicator Connect the HART Communicator as shown in Figure 7 1 A 250Q resistor must be installed on the receiving end of the output current There is no polarity on the HART Communicator terminal MTG Converter HART communicator Figure 7 1 HART Communicator wiring Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 7 1 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation 7 1 2 Two wired magflow meter converter setting Communication method selection Set the conver
165. XXX 1 Device setup Burn eut AO 2 4 Detailed setup Low fg Ont oput gt 1 Analog output Heel 5 Burn out AO Figure 7 41 will then be displayed NIER Figure 7 41 2 Once the display as shown in Figure 7 41 appears move the arrow key up or down to select HIGH LOW or HOLD After making a selection press F4 ENTER If F3 ESC is pressed here the selection will be canceled and the display will return to the Analog output menu 3 After returning to the Analog output menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Pulse output burnout setting To set the output direction of pulse output at critical failure proceed as follows 1 From online menu Hii H m Select MADGHEWZW XYXXXXXXX 1 Device setup Burn cut Pla 2 4 Detailed setup gt 2 Conf output C Baid gt 2 Pulse output gt 5 Burn out pls Figure 7 42 will then be displayed ise NIER Figure 7 42 2 Once the display as shown in Figure 7 42 appears move the arrow key up or down to select Off or Hold After making a selection press F4 ENTER If F3 ESC is pressed here the selection will be canceled and the display will return to the Pulse output menu 3 After returning to the Pulse output menu press F2 SEND Changed set
166. XXXXX p be meerd hom Po er AlORT ok Figure 7 87 H X MAGHEW2VW XXxXXXXXX learns check D E End AnoRT fee Figure 7 88 H i MACNEVIZ2WEIXEXXXXXX Select awathen wallow di Raus es fete Ciena ADORT ENTER Figure 7 89 7 39 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation 7 3 3 Other functions 7 40 Verifying status of converter To verify the status and setting of the device proceed as follow 1 d online menu o on x Select MAGHEWZW XXXXXXXX 1 Device setup Device Status 2 2 Diag Service gt 1 Device Status i Figure 7 90 will then be displayed n non Figure 7 90 2 There are 3 groups Each group has x n different items to be verified Figure 7 cse m n h 91 shows example of status group Staus group 1 1 FEM T OFF CPU FAT E trt Figure 7 91 3 Table 7 1 shows the items to be verified in each group Table 7 1 Items in each group Group Item Description Group 1 B O simulation Burn out status NVM FAULT Abnormal non volatile memory CPU FAULT Abnormal CPU Group 2 IN LOCAL MODE OFF Changing the setting from display DO OUTPUT MODE OFF Checking the contact output PLS OUTPUT MODE OFF Checking the pulse output AO OUTPUT MODE Checking the analog output IN CALIB MODE Adjusting NOT CALIBRATED Non adjusted
167. Yamatake Corporation Electrical wiring See that the load resistance of the loop wiring should within the operational range shown in Figure 3 1 1 with respect to the power supply voltage used 1164 21 05 lt V 30 5 156 0 0218 a 30 lt V lt 42 V 14 25 gt R 0 02383 2 385 p 9 S 250 15 3 21 05 24 Supply voltage V DC Note 4A load resistance of at least 250W is needed for communication with the SFC or HART communicator Figure 3 1 1 Supply power voltage load resistance characteristics Terminal for Power supply pulse contact output Signal terminal 4 20 mA Terminal for communicator connection Internal grounding terminal Figure 3 1 2 Terminal block Integral type Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 3 3 Electrical wiring Yamatake Corporation Excitation terminal Power supply Signal terminal 4 20 mA Signal terminal Terminal for pulse contact output Internal grounding terminal Figure 3 1 3 Terminal block Remote type Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Electrical wiring Selecting the wiring cable For the electrical cable we recommend 600V vinyl insulation vinyl sheath wire CVV with a conductor area of 2 mm or a stranded wire cable having equivalent or superior performance To avoid influences or damages due to electro
168. alibration press the key again Connect smart calibrator model MGZ14 to the converter For connecting and operating smart calibrator model MGZ14 refer to its user s manual CM2 MGZ200 2001 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Key Procedure SFC screen 5 DE CONF Display shown to the right appears i DE GAIN CAL ITEM Press the key and select the GAIN CAL 0 0 m s value to be calibrated Hon The value to gain calibrate for two GAIN CAL wired magnetic flowmeter are the GAIN CAL 1 2 m s following three 0 m s 2 5 m s and SFOMOODDETZED 10 m s Value 2 5 m s for two wired magnetic flowmeter will be shown 1 2 m s in SFC When calibrating to 2 5 m s select 1 2 m 5 6 woo For example when calibrating 2 5 ee m s displays screen as shown to GAIN CAL the right For smart calibrator GAIN CAL 1 2 m s model MGZ14 enter 2 5 m s Then press key Gain GAIN CAL 3 WORKING calibration starts When gain mme calibration completes display will return back to the screen to select GAIN CAL the gain calibration value GAIN CAL 1 2 m s 7 Follow the same procedure for calibrating 0 m s and 10 m s 8 DE CONF When gain calibration is a DE CONF GAIN CAL ITEM completed press the key and CLR GAIN MODE the display as shown on
169. amatake Corporation DICHIARAZIONE DI CONFORMIT CE Fujisawa Technology Center 1 12 2 Kawana Fujisawa shi Kanagawa ken 251 8522 Giappone dichiariamo sotto la nostra esclusiva responsabilit che i prodotti previsti per l uso in un atmosfera esplosiva Magnew Neo Magnew Two wire PLUS Flussometro elettromagnetico Smart Two wire Modello MTG18A con Ex nA ai quali si riferisce questa dichiarazione sono conformi ai requisiti delle seguenti direttive 204 108 sull approssimazione delle leggi degli Stati Membri in relazione alla compatibilit elettromagnetica 94 9 EC del Parlamento Europeo e del Consiglio del 23 marzo 1994 sull approssimazione delle leggi degli Stati membri in relazione agli apparati e ai sistemi protettivi previsti per l uso in atmosfere potenzialmente esplosive Tale dichiarazione si basa su a Scheda tecnica EMC 80392303 001 il Certificato di conformit EMC E9 06 09 61160 006 il Certificato di esame CE del tipo KEMA 07ATEX0066 il rispetto dei seguenti standard EN 61326 1 2006 Apparecchi elettrici di misura controllo e laboratorio Prescrizioni di compatibilit elettromagnetica Parte 1 Prescrizioni generali EN 61326 2 3 2006 Apparecchi elettrici di misura controllo e laboratorio Prescrizioni di compatibilit elettromagnetica Parte 2 3 Prescrizioni particolari EN 60079 0 2006 Costruzioni elettriche per atmosfere esplosive per la presenza di gas Parte 0 Regole gene
170. amatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device LCD display flow The LCD display flow of the OPERATOR S MODE is as shown below OPERATOR S MODE gt DAMPING 003 0 s 1 T E AUTO ZERO READY a CNT RESET VALUE 00000000 1 a E CNT RESET READY PREV 00000000 aj a SPIKE CUT OFF l fa AVERAGING ON 30 0 s oy a ELECTRODE ST SENSITIVITY OFF t 1 t ELECTRODE_ST OUTPUT MODE ZERO 1 DISP SELECT TOTAL a ta COM SELECT HART at fa MODE ENTER ENGINEERING a tu OPERATOR S MODE T H Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 13 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 5 1 Changing setting of damping time constant Damping means a response time of the primary time lag 63 2 response for a step response of the flow rate If the out fluctuations are large increase the damping A large damping value stabilizes the output but lowers the response performance We suggest setting the damping to the largest value the system can accept Electromagnetic flowmeter MTG 35 Damping s Input of step response Output of response Figure 5 1 Damping output characteristics Set the damping time constant in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 The screen at r
171. and press F4 ENTER Then screen as shown in Figure 7 54 appears Press OK and then return to the Manual zero menu 7 28 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator HW SEW MAGHEVWZW XXXXXXXX MAGHEWZWXXXXXXXX NAR Lesp should bs temeved hom BOTT Leap may iu amizmm alic Figure 7 53 Figure 7 54 6 Execute the same procedures for the other two manual zero adjustments Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 7 29 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation 7 30 Gain adjustment To adjust gain proceed as follows 1 From online menu Select 1 Device setup gt 2 Diag Service gt 3 Calibration 2 4 Gain trim Figure 7 55 will then be displayed If the control system is not affected by the forcible change of the current signal press F4 OK By pressing F3 ABORT the procedure is canceled Figure 7 56 will then appears Connect the calibrator and then press F4 OK Once the display as shown in Figure 7 57 appears move the arrow key up or down to select a gain to adjust and then press F4 ENTER This time select 0 m s Figure 7 58 will then appear Set the connected calibrator value to 0 0 m s and then press F4 OK Ny ih x MAGHEVWAZVI X X XXXXXX whould be meerd hom H i LI Whi MAGNE WIV
172. anged setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART communicator mark will appear on the upper side while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed From online menu 4 1 Select BM ih X MAGHEVVZVN X X Xx XXE Xx Xx X E Li 1001 1 Device setup 2 4 Detailed setup 2 1 Detector config 2 4 C2 value R W En E ia wert amp od p dm Figure 7 22 is then displayed c SUCI i 6 4 asle m ar HELI DEL ENTER Figure 7 22 Use the numeric keys to enter a detector constant in the value input display Up to 6 digit including a decimal point can be entered Setting range o the detector constant C2 is 0 5000 to 1 5000 Once a new value is entered press F4 ENTER to return to the detector config menu When the value is outside the range an error message is displayed Input the value again After returning to the detector config menu press F2 SEND The changed setting is sent to the transmitter The HART communicator mark appears on the upper side while HART is communicating with the device Once communication is completed the HART mark disappears Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator 7 2 3 Signal processing Auto spike cut To set On OFF for auto spike cut proceed as follows 1 From online menu x
173. ata setting device EMPTY OR SCALE ON ELECTRODE Change the SENSITIVITY to LLL when the pipe is empty or the scale appears on electrode Blink EMPTY OR SCALE ON ELECTRODE Set the SENSITIVITY as LLL when the flowtube is filled with the process fluid Blink EMPTY OR SCALE ON ELECTRODE Use the Electrode Status Diagnostic function with the SENSITIVITY LLL NO YES Change the SENSITIVITY to LOW when the flowtube is filled with the process fluid EMPTY OR SCALE ON ELECTRODE Use the Electrode Status Diagnostic function with the SENSITIVITY LOW Change the SENSITIVITY to LL when the flowtube is filled with the process fluid YES EMPTY OR SCALE ON ELECTRODE Use the Electrode Status Diagnostic function with the SENSITIVITY LL Electrode Status Diagnostic function is not applicable Change the SENSITIVITY to OFF Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Electrode Status Diagnostic function is not applicable Change the SENSITIVITY to OFF Electrode Status Diagnostic function is not applicable Change the SENSITIVITY to OFF 5 29 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Electrode status diagnostic troubleshooting Troubleshooting If a problem occurs during electrode status diagnostic take appropriate actions in accordance with the following procedure 5 30
174. cendive for Class I Zone 2 4 Ta 60 C Control drawing 80391906 Type 4X IP67 Model MTGI14C Nonincendive for Class I Division 2 Groups A B C and D T4 Suitable for Class II Division 2 Groups F and G Class IIT T4 Ta 60 C Control drawing 80391906 Nonincendive Field Wiring Type 4X IP67 Nonincendive for Class I Zone 2 IIC T4 Ta 60 C Control drawing 80391906 Nonincendive Field Wiring Type 4X IP67 e Nonincendive Field Wiring Parameters Terminals Vmax Imax C Iout Iout 42V 22mA 0 016 uF Pulse Status out Pulse Status out 30V 100 mA 0 o Special condition of use Model MTGISB e The model MTGI8B shall be installed in compliance with the enclosure mounting spacing and segregation requirements of the ultimate application including access only by the use of tool The process liquid flowing through the model MTG18B must be non flammable Model MTG14C e The model MTGI4C shall be installed in compliance with the enclosure mounting spacing and segregation requirements of the ultimate application including access only by the use of tool e The model MTGI4C may only be used with the model 8 Installation Installations shall comply with the relevant requirements of the Nation Electrical Code ANSI NFPA70 Regarding the detailed equipment enclosure requirements refer to the ANSI ISA 582 01 or other applicable ordinary location standards Model MTG11A 18A
175. cha de emisi n 10 10 2009 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 1 25 Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation 1 Certificazione ATEX tipo n Italiano Codice di selezione di approvazione 4 Marchi informativi C 0344 9 II3 GD Ex nA II T6 T135 C a Tprocess Ex nA II T5 T135 C a Tprocess Ex nA II T4 T135 C a Tprocess 40 C lt Tamb lt 60 C KEMA 07ATEX0066 IP66 67 Standard applicabili 40 85 C 40 100 C 40 130 C e EN 60079 0 2006 Costruzioni elettriche per atmosfere esplosive per la presenza di gas Parte 0 Regole generali EN 60079 15 2005 Costruzioni elettriche per atmosfere esplosive per la presenza di gas Parte 15 Costruzione prove e marcatura delle costruzioni elettriche avente modo di protezione n e EN 61241 0 2006 Costruzioni elettriche destinate ad essere utilizzate in presenza di polveri combustibili Parte 0 Prescrizioni generali e EN 61241 1 2004 Costruzioni elettriche destinate ad essere utilizzate in presenza di polveri combustibili Parte 1 Protezione mediante custodie tD Istruzioni di installazione per un uso sicuro Nessuna Condizioni speciali per un uso sicuro Nessuna 1 26 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure azbil 1 80392300 003 Rev sione 01 Noi Y
176. cified torque For the appropriate torque see Table 2 5 on page 2 27 Protective plate 7 Lining Grounding ring PTFE gasket supplied Figure 2 34 Installation using Non SUS material grounding ring with protective plate 3 Use this method to install the detector using a low fastening torque and rubber gaskets First remove the grounding ring from the detector then insert a rubber gasket with a thickness of 0 5 to 1 0 mm Then reinsert the grounding ring on top of the rubber gasket Next remove the PTFE gasket and insert a rubber gasket 3 0 to 4 0 mm thick to replace it Under these conditions install the detector on the pipe as shown in Figure 2 35 Tighten the bolts to the torque required to achieve a fluid seal for the rubber gasket In this case the two kinds of rubber gaskets that are used should be made of the same material For the dimensions of the rubber gaskets refer to Table 2 3 and Table 2 4 on page 2 16 Rubber gasket gasket 3 4 mm Lining 05 1 mm Grounding ring Figure 2 35 Installation using Non SUS material grounding ring with rubber gasket 2 36 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation 2 2 3 Installation of remote type converter Basic installation There are three methods of installations of the converter integral type wall installation with the detector and 2 inch pipe mounting 92 3 2 Mounting p
177. ck the sealing surface and the condition of the O ring for any damage Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 7 Instrument installation Yamatake Corporation Changing the direction of display data setting device Changing the display data setting device direction The display data setting device can be repositioned to a horizontal or vertical direction Step Procedure 1 Turn off the power supply with a breaker etc of the converter 2 The converter front cover is fixed by hexagon socket head setscrews M3 Loosen the setscrews with an Allen wrench 1 5 3 Remove the converter front cover by turning it counterclockwise with the dedicated tool Note Remove the front cover straight towards you with care 4 The display data setting device is fixed by three screws Remove these Screws Note The screws are not captive to the display data setting device so take care not to drop them 5 Remove the display data setting device Note cable is attached to the rear side of the display data setting device This cable is connected to the connector on the converter proper 6 Turn the display data setting device to the desired direction and align it to the threaded holes in the converter proper Note Sets the direction of the display data setting unit in a movable range in Figure 2 6 7 Fix the display data setting device again using the three screws When tightening the scre
178. communication function Note SFC communication Digital indicates Enhanced DE communication of Honeywell Co For SFC communication select SFN A To change the communication method operate using the touch keys From the data setting screen COM SELECT of OPERATOR S it is required to set the communication method to SFN A Figure 6 4 COM SELECT SFN A Figure 6 4 Data setting screen Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 13 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 6 2 Configuration using SFC communicator 6 14 Outline of this chapter This chapter presents how to operate the SFC The description proceeds in the following order 6 2 1 Before communicating using the SFC Describes the basic operation method 6 2 2 Setting using SFC communication 1 setting using key assigned functions Describes the basic function and setting method Describes communication start range setting damping constant setting auto zero point adjustment etc These can be set by using the key assigned functions Functions that are directly assigned to each of the SFC keys refer to next page 6 2 3 Setting using SFC communication 2 setting using CONFIG functions Describes the detailed setting Describes the advanced setting for MagneW screen display converter information pulse output contact output switching high low alarm value burnout direction etc These can be s
179. configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation 1 Certification ATEX Type n Frangais Code de s lection d homologation 4 Information concernant le marquage C 0344 9 II3 GD Ex nA II T6 T135 C sous Ttraitement 40 85 C Ex nA II T5 T135 C sous Ttraitement 40 100 C Ex nA II T4 T135 C sous Ttraitement 40 130 C 40 C lt Tamb lt 60 C KEMA 07ATEX0066 IP66 67 Normes applicables EN 60079 0 2006 Mat riel lectrique pour atmosph res explosives gazeuses Partie 0 R gles g n rales EN 60079 15 2005 Mat riel lectrique pour atmosph res explosives gazeuses Partie 15 Construction essais et marquage des mat riels lectriques du mode de IE protection EN 61241 0 2006 Mat riels lectriques pour utilisation en pr sence de poussi res combustibles Partie 0 Exigences g n rales e EN 61241 1 2004 Mat riels lectriques pour utilisation en pr sence de poussi res combustibles Partie 1 Protection par enveloppes tD Instruction d installation pour une utilisation sure Aucune Conditions sp ciales pour une utilisation sure Aucune 1 20 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure azbil Yamatake Corporation 80392300 003 Revisione 01 80392300 003 R vision 01 Nous Yamatake Corporation Fujisawa Technology Center COMMUNAUTES EUROPEENNES
180. correct bore diameter is set as factory default setting Setting range Detector constant 200 0 to 699 9 Detector type MTG TST Bore diameter 2 5 to 200 Set the detector information in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter ENGINEERING MODE in accordance with the entry into ENGINEERING MODE see 12 3 300 0 section 5 5 10 on page 5 36 Then press T MTG DIA 050 0 or 4 key to display the screen at right 2 Press the gt key to set the detector constant Using the T or 4 key enter the numeric value found in the EX column stamped on the nameplate of the detector to be combined 12 3 96 EX 320 0 MTG DIA 050 0 3 In addition press the gt key to select the detector type Using the T or J key select the detector type To measure the flow rate select MTG To perform adjustments and loop checks select TST 12 3 96 EX 320 0 MTG DIA 050 0 4 Then press the gt key to select the bore diameter Using the 7 or J key select the bore diameter of 12 3 the detector EX 320 0 DIA 100 0 5 Using the gt key move the cursor to the position under 12 3 Press the MODE key to return to the 320 0 MEASURING MODE and save data MIG DIA TOU CAUTION You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previ
181. d the detector are exactly the same install the detector so that the gasket does not protrude into the internal bore of the pipe as this could result in leakage or other hazards Note Tighten each bolt a little at a time and apply uniform torque to all the bolts If leakage does not stop on completion of fastening make sure that the pipe is not off center then tighten each bolt little by little Install the detector carefully and ensure continue to that the fastening torque does not exceed the prescribed limit otherwise the detector could be damaged 2 14 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation Accessory parts for installation Introduction The following parts are necessary for the installation of the detector Centering nuts standard accessory 4 pcs Through bolts and nuts option e Gaskets Gaskets are to be provided by the customer when using grounding rings made of SUS material Gasket are supplied as a standard accessory when using grounding rings made of hastelloy titanium tantallum or platinum Protective plate Required when connecting the detector to polyvinyl chloride PVC piping Centering nuts To install the detector use centering nuts to ensure the exact center line alignment of the pipe and the detector Slip the centering nuts onto the through bolts and set the detector on top of the nuts so that the nuts are on four sides of the detector
182. display ch d MAINTENANCE see M Nfa gt MAINTENANCE IS active MODE The screen appears in approx two seconds 20 0 96 gt OUTPUT CHECK MODE OFF Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 37 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 6 Configuration of ENGINEERING MODE Introduction ENGINEERING MODE has the following setting and adjustment items For details on items see 5 6 1 Setting ID to 5 6 15 Setting contact output status Item Contents Screen ID SET Sets ID and TAG No 20 0 96 ID SET XXXXXXXX FUNC SET Setting of open collector output selects pulse output or contact 20 0 FUNC SET output PULSE EX TYPE DIA Sets the detector information Ex value detector type and bore 20 0 diameter 300 0 DIA 200 C1 C2 Sets the detector factor 20 0 C1 1 0000 C2 1 0234 SPAN Sets the flow rate range 20 0 1 0000 m s SPAN 7 0690 m3 h GRAVITY Sets the specific gravity when mass flow rate unit is selected 20 0 GRAVITY 1 0000 COEFFICIENT Sets a compensation coefficient for flow rate calculation 20 0 COEFFICIENT 1 0000 PLS SCL Sets flow rate pulse scale per pulse 20 0 PLS 10 000 Hz SCL 200 00 I P 5 38 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device
183. e Use the following procedure to set detector constant Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Make sure that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX READY If it is not press the key to set it SFCMOOOOEOOED to READY 2 Press the key to access the MAG XXXXXXXX CONFIG functions WORKING MagneW CONFIG RANGE CONFIG 3 AH MD Diese key or ma J key to MagneW CONFIG display the screen as shown on the DETECTOR DATA or right SFCM00006019D yL PREV 4 NON VOL NON VOL Press the s key MAGNEW CONFIG Result WORKING The currently set detector constant ee as howe on the right POETETO 300 0 mA EX 5 Press numeric keys to set the detector constant Setting range is 200 to 699 9 DETECTOR DATA 250 0 mA EX SFCM00006022D 6 48 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device ENTER Yes Press the Step Key Procedure SFC screen 6 NON OL NON VOL ER Fess the key DETECTOR DATA Result ENTERED IN SFC The screen as shown on the right appears and the set detector constant is confirmed 7 Press the gj Key or Wil Key to DETECTOR DATA eu display the screen as shown on the DOWNLOAD DATA or right SFCMO00006024D yL PREV 8 NON VOL m EN Press the DETECTOR DATA Res
184. e Press 01 94 m3 h the MODE Key WPO 00069401 2 The OPERATOR S MODE screen appears for 20 0 96 approx two seconds and then the damping setting OPERATOR S screen appears z MODE 20 0 DAMPING 005 0 s 3 Press the T or 4 key to display the screen as 20 0 shown on the right DISP SELECT 4 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position 200 for the flow rate display method RATE OPERATOR S TOTAL The screen at right shows an example i MODE where flow rate has been set for the main display 5 Press the or J key to select a flow rate display to be set The screen at right shows an example SE WE where RATE actual flow rate display has been RATE selected E 6 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under 0 30 rate Press the MODE key to return to the DISP SELECT MEASURING MODE and to change to the set RATE flow rate display CAUTION You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 33 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 5 9 Selecting a communication system 5 34 Select the communication system SFC DE HART and communication disable Select a communication system to be used Note that the converter will be rebooted when the MODE key is pressed to switch to the MEASURING MODE after the
185. e keys at any hierarchy will show a screen EXIT NON VOL CONFIG Pressing the key here makes it possible to exit the CONFIG function at a stroke Display of mark While the SFC is communicating with the converter a mark may appear in the last column at the bottom of the screen The mark is an alarm which appears under the following circumstances e minor fault has occurred The converter is operating in constant current generation mode or special mode F S DIR When the mark appears check the status of the converter with the key and take appropriate action with reference to Error messages and remedial action on page 6 32 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Key names and functions This section describes the functions assigned to the green keys which are mainly used to communicate with the two wired magnetic flowmeter converter or to change or display the settings page 1 7 1 8 DE MENU ITEM page 1 9 F S DIR ACT PR SCR PAD No page 1 8 Figure 6 2 SFC keyboard Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 5 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Key Description Press key Press SHIFT key m 2 gt o ID Starts communication with the converter The display window shows TAG No of the converter It is possible
186. e Corporation 2 24 Installation on PVC pipe 2 Introduction The installation method described in this section corresponds to the following combination of pipe and grounding ring materials For the installation method corresponding to any other combination refer to the table on page 2 17 Pipe material PVC Grounding ring material Non SUS material Required accessories The following parts are required e Through bolts and nuts Centering nuts e Gaskets No gaskets are necessary due to the provision of a PTFE gasket When using a rubber gasket two gaskets of the same material and of two thicknesses 0 5 to 1 0 mm and 3 0 to 4 0 mm are required See Table 2 3 and 2 4 on page 2 16 for the appropriate dimensions Protective plate A protective plate is required if tightening the bolts to the specified torque may deform or damage the PVC pipe Use stainless steel or similar hard metal 1 mm thick or more For the shape see Figure 2 19 Installation procedure The installation procedure varies with such conditions as the fastening torque and the need for a protective plate Choose one of the following three methods as applicable 1 Use this method to install the detector with the specified fastening torque Install the detector as shown in Figure 2 21 See Table 2 1 on page 2 12 for the appropriate fastening torque 3j 4 NET P4 NO gasket Lining Grounding ring
187. e EC Type Examination Certificate KEMA 07ATEX0066 the respect of the following standards EN 61326 1 2006 Electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use EMC requirements Part 1 General requirements EN 61326 2 3 2006 Electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use EMC requirements Part 2 3 Particular requirements EN 60079 0 2006 Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres Part 0 General requirements EN 60079 15 2005 Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres Part 15 Construction test and marking of type of protection n electrical apparatus EN 61241 0 2006 Electrical apparatus for use in the presence of combustible dust Part 0 General requirements EN 61241 1 2004 Electrical apparatus for use in the presence of combustible dust Part 1 Protection by enclosures tD The name identification number and address of the notified body conducting the EC type examination are KEMA Quality B V 0344 Utrechtseweg 310 6812 AR Arnhem P O Box 5185 6802 ED Arnhem The Netherlands The authorized signatory to this declaration on behalf of the manufacturer and the responsible person based within the EU is identified below Azbil Europe N V t A J Bosdellestraat 120 2 TE UUUMWe o B 1933 Zaventem Sterrebeek Managing Director Belgium Issue Date October 10 2009 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 1 19 Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System
188. e material For the dimensions of the rubber gaskets refer to Table 2 3 and Table 2 4 on page 2 16 B 7 Rubber gasket 3 Amm Rubber gasket Grounding ring 0 5 1mm Figure 2 23 Installation using Non SUS grounding ring with rubber gasket Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 25 Instrument installation Yamatake Corporation 2 2 2 Installation a flange type detector Basic installation method Installation example Figure 2 20 shows the basic method for installing the device Nuts Through bolts Gasket Required when the grounding ring is made of SUS material In other cases the gasket is supplied Figure 2 24 Installation example Fastening torque CAUTION Be careful in handling this unit It is heavy dropping it accidentally could cause injury Z WARNING Table 2 5 shows the fastening torque for each pipe bore Apply the prescribed fastening torque to prevent leakage 2 26 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation Table 2 5 Fastening torque Diameter and flange ratings Fastening torque Nem kgfecm 2 5 to 15 mm JIS 10K 8 to 13 82 to 132 JIS 20K 8 to 13 82 to 132 ANSI JPI 150 9 to 14 92 to 143 ANSI JPI 300 10 to 16 102 to 163 25 mm JIS 10K 21 to 31 214 to 316 1 inch JIS 20K 21 to 32 2
189. e screws with an Allen wrench 1 5 3 Remove the converter front cover by turning it counterclockwise with the dedicated tool Note Remove the front cover straight and with care 4 Remove the 3 fixing screws 5 Remove by pulling out 6 Align the new card s connector to the converter connector Note Ensure the correct panel direction The panel attaching direction can be chosen from two options according to the attaching position of this instrument 7 Fix the card again with the 3 screws Note The connector is connected firmly by tightening the screws 8 Attach the front cover Note Take care not to injure your fingers on the cover edge or the thread in the case Figure 8 1 Replacement of indicator data setting device with the cover removed Note When unpacking the detector do not open the packing in the location with high temperature and humidity many dust and corrosive gas atmosphere 8 2 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Maintenance and troubleshooting 8 1 2 Replacement of the electronic unit for the ATEX Ex dmbia or NEPSI Ex dmia model A CAUTION The following instructions must be followed carefully when the MTG18A ATEX Ex dmbia or NEPSI Ex dmia model converter housing has to be opened respectively closed again 1 Overview Model MTG18A flowmeter has fuses to secure the explosion proof capability If the fuse break occurs the analog outpu
190. ecifications The specifications for this device are written on the nameplate of the main unit Compare these specifications with those listed in the specification sheets device standard specifications and model number and verify that all the specifications on the name plate are correct paying special attention to the following Main unit Detector bore diameter Electrode material Flange rating Grounding ring material Inquiries If you have any questions regarding the specifications contact your local Yamatake representative When making an inquiry be sure to provide the MODEL NO and PRODUCT NO Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Preface Storage precautions When storing this instrument before use observe the following instructions Store the device indoors at room temperature and humidity in a place safe from vibration or shock Store the device in the same condition as it was shipped When storing this instrument after usage observe the following instructions l Rinse the inside of the detector with water to remove any residual fluids and then allow it to dry 2 Tighten the display cover and terminal box cover in order to prevent moisture ingression 3 Return the instrument to its original packing 4 Store the device indoors at room temperature and humidity in a place safe from vibration and shock Usage precautions The following symbols are used in this ma
191. ed the screen at right appears ON ELECTRODE The EMPTY OR SCALE ON ELECTRODE message is flashing the analog output and the pulse output show the output values as selected in the Electrode status output mode table To the next page 5 24 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Procedure Screen 8 Repeat steps 1 to 5 to set SENSITIVITY MID SENSITIVITY LOW SENSITIVITY LL or SENSITIVITY LLL to check if the function also detects the empty or scale on electrode status with the converter s display Depending on whether the empty or scale on electrode status is detected in each setting the result falls into one of the following Results of electrode status diagnostic operation check in empty or scale on electrode status Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Setting Results 1 Results 2 Results 3 Results 4 Results 5 Results 6 LLL EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON ELECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE flashes does not flashes does not flashes does not flashes does not flashes does not flashes LL EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR EMPTY OR SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON SCALE ON ELECTRODE ELECTRODE ELECTRODE E
192. edure 4 e In the case of a system with In the case of a system digital output press the with analog output press DE READ key here the key here SHIFT TAG No SFCM00006002D WORKING MAG TAG No Press the key MAG SR XXXXXXXX DE XMTR WORKING MAG DE TAG No MAG SR XXXXXXXX Result and branch The following screen appears and a communication between the SFC and converter can be started Go to step 6 Ifthe TAG No has not been entered in the converter the TAG No displays as XXXXXXXX Go to step 5 5 Here TAG No can be entered For a detailed procedure see Entering TAG No ID key on page 6 21 If there is no need to enter a TAG No go to step 6 6 CLR No Press the key The following screen appears This screen is the basic standby screen When starting operation confirm that the following screen has appeared MAG XXXXXXXX READY SFCMO00006009D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Entering TAG No ID key Introduction To facilitate concentrated control by the control system of the control loop over two or more converters a TAG No can be assigned to each converter Up to 8 alphanumeric characters can be entered as a TAG No Procedure Use the following procedure to enter TAG No Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Check that the display of the SFC appears as sho
193. egular flow rate to greater than or equal to 50 of the flow rate range Pressing the MODE key automatically deletes unnecessary zeros if any from the flow rate range Example 07 069 gt 7 0690 Unnecessary zero is deleted Setting range Flow rate range 0 to 0 0001 0 to 99999 Units of flow rate Unit of SI volume flow rate m 1 cm Unit of SI mass flow rate t kg g Unit of non SI volume flow rate mG G kG B mIG IG kIG Unit of SI mass flow rate Ib Unit of time d h min s Default 10 000 m h Set the flow rate range in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter ENGINEERING MODE in accordance with 123 the entry into ENGINEERING MODE see g 14147 m Th section 5 5 9 on page 5 36 Then press the f or 4 3 SPAN 10 000 m h key to display the screen at right 2 Press the gt key to move the cursor to a desired 123 9 E digit to be set 1 4147 mis SPAN 10 000 m3 h 3 Using the T or J key change the value to a desired 123 9 1 4147 mis SPAN 20 000 m3 h 4 In addition press the gt key to move the cursor to 123 the position under a desired flow rate unit Using 1 4147 ja the T or 4 key select the unit SPAN 20 000 Ih 5 Then press the gt key to move the cursor to the 123 9 position under the time unit Using the T or 4 key 1 4147 m ie select meas SPAN 333 33 min 6 Press the gt k
194. electrical apparatus EN 61241 0 2006 Electrical apparatus for use in the presence of combustible dust Part 0 General requirements EN 61241 1 2004 Electrical apparatus for use in the presence of combustible dust Part 1 Protection by enclosures tD Installation instruction for safe use None Special conditions for safe use None 1 18 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure azbil Yamatake Corporation 80392300 003 Revision 01 We Yamatake Corporation Fujisawa Technology Center EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY 1 12 2 Kawana Fujisawa shi Kanagawa ken 251 8522 Japan declare under our sole responsibility that the products intended for use in explosive atmosphere MagneW Neo MagneW Two wire PLUS Smart Two wire Electromagnetic Flowmeter Model MTG18A with Ex nA to which this declaration relates comply with the requirements of the following Directives 2004 108 EC on the approximation of jhe laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility 94 9 EC of the European Parliament and the Council of 23 March 1994 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States concerning equipment and protective systems intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres This declaration is based on the EMC Technical File 80392303 001 the EMC Certificate of Conformity E9 06 61160 006 th
195. en be displayed Ifthe control system is not affected by the forcible change of the current signal press F4 OK By pressing F3 ABORT the procedure is canceled Figure 7 63 will then appears Connect the device to measure the pulse output and then press F4 OK Figure 7 64 will then appear By pressing F4 OK the pulse output adjustment will start and the converter will output a pulse of 90 Hz If it is fine press F4 OK Figure 7 65 will then appear When executing the adjustment select SET and then press FA ENTER HU CEJ MUAGHEVIZWIX EXXXXXX Leap should be mersid hom T P AHORT Figure 7 62 H MACGHEVWZW XEXEXXXX Lasmneci asisisnce malen ANGRI WE Figure 7 63 H DIE MAGHEWZW XXXXXXXX Hal dew Hr AIGRT Figure 7 64 HAN X MAGNEWIW X X Xx XXX XX Eiere Puise him fanc T End Figure 7 65 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator A numerical value input display Figure 7 66 will then appear Measure the pulse frequency from the converter and enter the frequency by the Hz into the device Once the input has been completed press F4 ENTER The converter will start adjusting to 90 Hz automatically and return back to the display as shown in Figure 7 65 Verify that the pulse output is 90Hz and terminate the adjustment Model MTG11A
196. ent Wrong settings make accurate flow rate measurement impossible For the operation contact our service engineers CAUTION When the mode is changed to MEASURING MODE by pressing the MODE key the set changed data are saved into a non volatile memory Be sure to press the MODE key to save the configured data Set or changed data are temporarily written into the memory Note that if the configured data are not saved written into the memory within 10 minutes the configured data returns to the previous values Be sure to press the MODE key to return to the MEASURING MODE and to save data Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 2 Functions of the data setting device 5 2 1 Data setting device Name of parts Totalizer display mark 7 segment 8 digit display Main display flow rate display mark Actual flow rate display mark Right shift key Names and Descriptions of Parts This section describes displays shown on the data setting device Flow rate display The flow rate display is given at three stages flow rate actual flow rate and totalized value Operating the key the main display to be shown at the top stage can be set selecting from the actual flow rate flow rate and totalized value RATE appears for the actual flow rate display for the flow rate display and TOTAL for the t
197. entative Trouble Check point and troubleshooting Output fluctuates excessively beyond the estimated flow rate range Check if the instrument is grounded correctly Check if the damping time constant is set correctly Clean the electrodes The analog output may fluctuate due to flow noise which is generated by the process fluid flow In such a case connect the upstream grounding ring to the downstream grounding ring by a wire The out put fluctuation may be reduced A circuit in some PLC may affect the flow measure ment and the analog output may fluctuate In this case make sure that the both PLC and the MTG flowmeter are properly grounded Proper grounding solves the fluctuation problem Output exceeds 100 Check if the range is set correctly Check if zero is adjusted correctly Output remains 0 Check if the signal line is connected correctly Check the upstream and downstream valves Check if the range is set correctly Check whether the instrument is set to the constant current mode Press the CLR clear key on SFC to cancel this mode Check if the flow rate is not within the set range of low flow cutoff Check if the flow rate is not reversed negative flow rate Check the detector for unfilled condition too low conductivity excessive noise etc Output has burnt out Take measures referring to Error messages and measures Pulse output
198. equipment configuration of a measuring system using this instrument It also describes the structure and the names and functions of various parts of the main unit Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 1 1 Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation 1 1 System configuration Measuring system Introduction This instrument is a two wire electromagnetic flowmeter which operates on the 4 20 mA DC It measures the flow rate of the conductive fluid flowing in the detector and outputs a signal that is suitable for the measuring range Concept of flow rate measurement by this instrument The concept of a flow rate measuring system using this instrument is shown Analog output anal Pulse output DE output Contact output Fluid m 0 gt Figure 1 1 Conceptual drawing of measuring system integral type Analog output If the instantaneous flow rate values are to be output as an analog variable to the control equipment configure the system to output an analog output Digital output DE output Use this system configuration if the instantaneous flow rate values instrument database and self diagnosis results are to be output as digital variables DE outputs to the control equipment Pulse output As a pulse output the open collector output is available Pulse frequencies up to 200
199. ess the key Result Exiting the low flow cutoff setting function the screen returns to the screen in step 1 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 45 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Changing flow rate display DISP function Introduction It is possible to set whether an instantaneous flow rate displayed on the display panel of the converter should be expressed as real flow rate or percentage Percent display refers to a percentage over the maximum flow rate set by the Procedure Use the following procedure to set or change flow rate display Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Confirm the SFC is set to READY i MAG XXXXXXXX H it is not press the key to set READY 1t to READY SFCM00006009D 2 Press the key to access the MagneW CONFIG CONFIG functions RANGE CONFIG 3 ouo NON VOL _ Press the key MAGNEW CONFIG E WORKING 4 m y pues the G key or X key to RANGE CONFIG display this screen DISP FLOW RATE or SFCMO00006050D yL PREV 5 wovvo Press the ENTER key Ret a Yes The screen as shown on the right appears and the set flow rate display is confirmed 6 DE CONF E Pressing the key displays RANGE CONFIG MENU DISP DISP FLOW RATE and DISP DISP TOTAL by turns Display the screen that you want to set
200. et by using CONFIG function entered by pressing the key refer to page 6 16 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 6 2 1 Before communicating using the SFC What can be done using the SFC Introduction It is possible to communicate with the converter read data or change settings using the SFC The functions available with the SFC include functions directly assigned to the respective keys and CONFIG functions that are entered by pressing the CONF key CAUTION e Be sure to use the SFC with software version 7 0 or newer Using earlier versions may fail to operate the SFC correctly Key assigned functions The following are the functions directly assigned to the SFC keys ID DE READ Starts communication essere 6 19 Enter the TAG ue Hee Re Heres 6 21 DAMP Sets and changes a damping time constant 6 23 UNITS Sets engineering units sse 6 24 URV Sets the output range and correction coefficient 6 26 OUTPUT Displays transmitting output esee 6 27 Loop check of output signal sss 6 28 CORRECT Making zero adjustment 6 29 INPUT Displays flow measured value sss 6 30 STAT Displays self diagnostics result of the converter 6 31 SW VER Displays the software version sese 6 35 PRINT Prints out inter
201. etting range of the both high and low alarm values are 0 up to 115 Set the values as to be HI gt LO Ste Ke Procedure SFC screen 1 Confirm that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX CLR READY No s Uv If it is not press the key to set SFCHIDU0SQUSD it to READY 2 Press the key to access the MAGNEW CONFIG CONFIG functions ALARM CONFIG Press the key or key to display the screen as shown on the right y p PREV 3 NON VOL MON Press the key and press the ALARM CONFIG ENTER 0 key or key to display the screen as shown on the right Actual high alarm value appears or yL PREV 4 Press numeric keys and enter the y high alarm value to be set ALARM CONFIG 105 HI ALM 5 NON VOL o Press the key ALARM CONFIG The changed setting is saved to the EERE SFC SF SFCMO00006089D 6 54 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Key Procedure SFC screen 6 Continue to set the low alarm value ALARM CONFIG Press the key or key to 20 LOW ALM 0 display this screen Actual low alarm value appears L PREV 7 Press numeric keys and enter the low alarm value to be set ALARM CONFIG 15 LOW ALM 8 NON VOL UA Press the key ALARM CO
202. ey to move the cursor to the position under 12 3 Press MODE key to return to the MEASURING aa a E m MODE and to save data CAUTION You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value 5 46 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 6 6 Setting and changing compensation coefficient This function is used to set or change the compensation coefficient which is used to multiply the output flow rate as required Set range 0 10000 to 5 9999 Default 1 0000 Set and change a compensation coefficient in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter ENGINEERING MODE in accordance with the entry into ENGINEERING MODE see 12 3 section 5 5 10 on page 5 36 Then press T EIU 0000 or 4 key to display the screen at right 3 2 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position 0 under a desired value to be set or changed 12 3 COEFFICIENT 1 0000 3 Using the T or 4 key change the value to the desired one to be set 123 COEFFICIENT 1 0050 4 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under 12 3 96 Press the MODE key to return to the COEFFICIENT MEASURING MDOE and to save data 1 0050 A CAUTION You have only ten minutes to
203. f the fluid to be measured and the diameter of the detector Select the wiring distance cable length after confirming the following specification Use our special cable model SMC11 for the wiring between the converter and the detector For the diameter 10 mm or 15 mm 50 Conductivity ms cm 2 30 Cable length Figure 2 7 Cable length m between converter and detector For the diameter 25 mm or more Conductivity ms cm Cable length m Figure 2 8 Cable length m between converter and detector 2 10 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation 2 2 Installation method 2 2 1 Installing a wafer type detector Basic installation Introduction Process connection of the instrument are wafer type flange type union hose or clamp unit Referring to the appropriate method of installation install the unit properly Installation example Figure 2 9 shows the basic method for installing the device Nuts optional Through bolts optional Gasket Provided by customer in case of SUS material Pe grounding rings QZ In other cases a gasket is Figure 2 9 Device installation example CAUTION Be careful in handling this unit It is heavy dropping it accidentally could cause injury Fastening torque CAUTION Table 2 1 shows the fastening torque for each pipe bore Using centerin
204. flow rate RATE 2nd line flow rate display Significant figure of 4 digits unit of actual flow rate 3rd line Totalized value display Significant figure of 8 digits Write protect level display WPO to 3 Totalizer display Ist line Main display 7 segment 8 digit display Totalized value TOTAL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2nd line Actual flow rate display Significant figure TOTAL hae rape ak of 4 digits 10 o O 96 3rd line flow rate display Significant figure of 4 digits Write protect level display WPO to 3 Totalization is not performed when the output selection is set to the contact output However the previous value is displayed as the totalized value Details on display flow rate display Actual flow rate display Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C The flow rate display range is from 115 0 to 115 0 A value up to the first decimal place is displayed The position of the decimal point is fixed The integer part to be displayed has up to three digits 0 to 115 In the main display unnecessary zeros are deleted but are not deleted in the sub display Example 019 8 gt 19 8 000 5 gt 0 5 The position of the negative sign is fixed The positive sign is not displayed The flow rate displayed in the actual flow rate display is up to 115 of the range or the equivalent However if the flow rate equivalent to 115 of the range exceeds the range of sign
205. flowmeter detector with a fluid and reform zero adjustment in a static state Chapter 5 Operation using the data setting device 5 Confirm that there is no leakage at the joint of the electromagnetic flowmeter s detector Chapter 2 Instrument installation 6 Confirm that the electromagnetic flowmeter detector is filled with water and there are no stagnant bubbles 7 Turn on power and warm up for 30 minutes 8 Confirm whether the settings of the data sheet inserted in the converter have been setup and configured If there is need to change settings to meet your usage change them using the data setting device or the like 9 For the accurate flow measurement verify the zero point value in each excitation current Manual zerol manual zero2 and manual zero3 by using manual zero function if the normal flow velocity is less than 0 3 m s 0 98 ft s Note If the detector is not filled with water or many bubbles have adhered inside the indication may not reach zero flow rate In such cases make a flow of water once to ensure that the detector is free of bubbles and filled with water With incorrect grounding the indication of flow rate may fluctuate largely In such cases check the grounding condition Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation 4 2 Stopping Caution CAUTION When stopping the instrument from operation and shutting down the output to control equipmen
206. fluids do not use this instrument even if the electric conductivity temperature pressure and others are within the instrument specifications because they can cause problems in measurement 1 Fluids that have sufficient conductivity at high temperatures but do not satisfy the conductivity requirement at room temperature about 68 F 20 C For example fatty acids and soap 2 Certain fluids that contain surfactant For example rinse shampoo and CWM 3 Insulating adhesive materials For example oil kaolinite kaolin calcium stearate Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation 4 Slurry fluids containing solid matter For example pulp slurry mud slurry cement slurry Caution On PLC Connection A circuit in some PLC may affect the flow measurement and the analog output may fluctuate In this case make sure that the both PLC and the MTG flowmeter are properly grounded Proper grounding solves the fluctuation problem Cautions after installation 1 After installation do not use this instrument as a foothold or any others improper purpose Going so may result in damage to the instrument and or physical injury 2 The integral type of this instrument uses gland for the converter window Hitting the glass position of the indicator with a tool may break the glass and or cause physical injury Z WARNING 1 Before removing this unit confirm that there is n
207. g I Of the flange holes shown by black dots Terminal box side Flange in the drawing insert through bolts into SENA the two holes at the back and fasten them lightly with nuts Slip one centering nut mI onto each through bolt before inserting Back J e the bolts 5 LJ Centering nuts 2 Turn the detector so that the direction 4 Direction of fluid flow mark on the detector matches the direction of fluid flow Insert the detector and gaskets between the pipe flanges 4 Cy Insert through bolts fitted with one centering nut each into the remaining two flange holes shown by black dots in steps 1 and 2 A Make sure that the detector remains properly centered Make sure that the gaskets do not protrude beyond the edges of the pipe flanges When you have checked these items insert the remaining through bolts into the flange holes and tighten the bolts evenly using the appropriate fastening torque given on page 2 11 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 19 Instrument installation Yamatake Corporation 2 20 Installation on metal pipe 1 Introduction The installation method described in this section corresponds to the following combination of pipe and grounding ring materials For the installation method corresponding to any other combination refer to the table on page 2 17 Pipe material Metal Gro
208. g hardware apply the prescribed fastening torque to prevent any liquid leak from the pipe Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 11 Instrument installation Yamatake Corporation 2 12 Table 2 1 Fastening torque Diameter and flange ratings Fastening torque Nem kgfecm 25 mm JIS 10K 21 to 31 214 to 316 1 inch JIS 20K 21 to 32 214 to 326 ANSI JPI 150 11 to 17 112 to 173 ANSI JPI 300 22 to 34 224 to 347 40 mm JIS 10K 22 to 32 224 to 326 1 inch JIS 20K 22 to 34 224 to 347 ANSI JPI 150 13 to 18 132 to 184 ANSI JPI 300 36 to 57 367 to 581 50 mm JIS 10K 24 to 34 245 to 347 2 inches JIS 20K 19 to 31 194 to 316 ANSI JPI 150 23 to 32 235 to 326 ANSI JPI 300 20 to 32 204 to 326 65 mm JIS 10K 20 to 31 204 to 316 2 inches JIS 20K 37 to 61 377 to 622 ANSI JPI 150 26 to 35 265 to 357 ANSI JPI 300 37 to 57 377 to 581 80 mm JIS 10K 20 to 31 204 to 316 3 inches JIS 20K 37 to 61 377 to 622 ANSI JPI 150 26 to 35 265 to 357 ANSI JPI 300 37 to 57 377 to 581 100 mm JIS 10K 22 to 33 224 to 337 4 inches JIS 20K 41 to 66 418 to 673 ANSI JPI 150 21 to 31 214 to 316 ANSI JPI 300 43 to 66 439 to 673 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation Flange shape The flanges used should be such that the area of contact with the gasket is maximized as shown in Figure 2 10
209. ge 2 17 Pipe material metal Grounding ring material Non SUS Required accessories The following parts are required No gaskets are necessary since PTFE gaskets are provided Through bolts and nuts e Centering nuts Installation procedure Install the detector as shown following figures See Table 2 1 on page 2 12 for the appropriate fastening torque Touse rubber gaskets for a low fastening torque refer to page 2 25 CAUTION Please note that the use of an additional gasket besides the existing PTFE gasket may result in leakage see Figure 2 17 LL imeem Lining Grounding ring Figure 2 16 Installation using Non SUS material grounding ring and metal pipe l n Bi Gasket Lining Grounding ring PTFE gasket Figure 2 17 Example of incorrect installation Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 21 Instrument installation Yamatake Corporation Installation on PVC pipe 1 2 22 Introduction The installation method described in this section corresponds to the following combination of pipe and grounding ring materials For the installation method corresponding to any other combination refer to the table on page 2 17 Pipe material PVC Grounding ring material SUS Required accessories The following parts are required e Through bolts and nuts e Centering e Gaskets Non rubber gaskets are recommended i e
210. gineering units UNITS key Introduction The instantaneous flow rate value measured by the converter can be set so that it is displayed in engineering units according to the control process used This setting is applied to both display screens of the display panel of the converter and the SFC The engineering units that can be set are as follows Volume flow rate units Mass flow rate units m 3 h GPH l h cc h kg h Ib h kg min lb min kg s m 3 min GPM l min cm 3 min Ib s t s t min t s g h m 3 day GPD kGPD BPD g min g s m 3 s GPH gals hr GPM gals min GPD gals day kGPD 1000XGPD BPD barrels day When mass flow rate units are set the specific gravity can be set Procedure Use the following procedure to set engineering units Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Confirm that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX READY If it is not press the key to set it SFOND to READY 2 D Press the key UNIT XXXXXXXX Result t h The currently set engineering unit a appears as shown on the right 6 24 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Procedure SFC screen 3 NEXT PREV D UNITS CLR 4 gt T Bip MBEBE Use the key and key to display the engineering unit to be set Pressing the key instead of the Branch To exit
211. gravity RANGE CONFIG N A HYSTERESIS N A CUT OFF Sets low flow DISP Selects display cutoff DETECTOR DATA mA Ex Sets detector constant TYPE DIAMETER ALARM CONFIG HI ALARM LOW ALARM Sets detector type Sets detector diameter Sets HIGH alarm Sets LOW alarm FAILSAFE CONFIG 4 20 F S Burnout 4 20 mA PULSE OUT Burnout pulse output DIGITAL I O N A Switches contact and pulse DO1 NORM Sets contact output DO2 NORM N A CALIBRATE MENU EXCIT CUR CHECK N A EXCIT CUR CAL N A GAIN CAL Gain calibration INIT DATA RECOV Initial data recovery Please do not use this function SHIP DATA RECOV Initializing data to factory setting CORRECT DAC Corrects output TOTALIZE MENU READ TOTAL Read total value PULSE OUTPUT Outputs pulse output SET TRIPVALUE Sets preset value PULSE CONFIGURE gt UNIT Pulse weight and unit P WIDTH Sets pulse width P DROP OUT Sets dropout Counter reset RESET TOTALIZE Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 17 Yamatake Corporation ice ing dev the data setti ion using Operat Example of a key sequence C TONINHOM iqaavor viva C TONINHOM iqaqvoi vlva DIANOD H NYA DIANOD AONYA NOLOSISG fey YILNI 1 be o Y10 LSIHS Wivd GWOT NMOG SIANOD SONVH 14 9 AAAI Z 9
212. h 4 Drop out 5 Burn out Pls 6 Output check Pls 3 Totalizer Totalizer display 2 Total restart val 3 Reset totalizer 4 Digital output gt T Hi alarm 2 Low alarm 3 Burn out DO 4 Output check DO 5 Hart output 2 1 Poll addr 2 Num req preams 6 Communication output gt 1 HAR 2 SFN analog 3 SFN digital 4 None 5 End 3 Noise immunity 2 1 PV Damp 2 Auto spike cut 3 Moving average 4 Mvng av time 5 Lo flo cut 6 Drop out 7 Electrode status sensitivity 8 Electrode status output mode 4 Device info 2 T Manufacturer 2 Model 3 Tag 4 Descriptor 5 Message 6 PV Snsr S n 7 Final asmbly num 8 Write protect 9 Revision No 1 Universal rev 2 Fid dev rev 3 Software rev Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 7 45 MEMO Chapter 8 Maintenance and troubleshooting Outline of this chapter This chapter presents the instrument maintenance and maintenance procedure and information to be referred for troubleshooting Ensure the procedure for maintenance based on the trouble Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 8 1 Maintenance and troubleshooting Yamatake Corporation 8 1 Maintenance and inspection of parts 8 1 1 Replacement of indicator data setting device Procedure Replacement procedure is as follows Step Procedure 1 Power off the converter by circuit breaker etc 2 The converter front cover is fixed by hexagon socket head screws M3 Loosen thes
213. he screen as shown on the right or ae The screen displays the setting of or the contact output status OPEN DIGITAL 1 0 CLOSE in the actual NORMAL DO1 NORM CLOSE status 3 SFCM00006107D PREV 4 DE CONF DE CONF Press the key and select the DIGITAL 1 0 MENU status to be set DO1 NORM CLOSE You can select OPEN or CLOSE PO qe 5 NON VOL mum Press the key DIGITAL 1 0 The changed setting is saved to the ENTERED IN SFC SFC SFCM00006103D 6 NEXT gt E or e PREV Press the key or key to show this screen DIGITAL I O DOWN LOAD DATA SFCMO00006053D 6 62 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Key Procedure SFC screen 7 NON VOL MONO Press the key DIGITAL 1 0 ENTER The changed setting is written into WORKING the database of the converter SFCM00006104D DIGITAL I O DATA LOADED 8 C Setting is completed Press the MAG XXXXXXXX No CLR key and return to the screen READY as in step 1 SFCMO00006009D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 63 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Checking output of contact output DI DO CHECK function Output of the contact output can be checked from SFC Use the following procedure to check the output of the contact output
214. ht 4 After checking the instantaneous CLR No flow rate value press the key to return to at step 1 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Displaying self diagnostics result STAT key Introduction It is possible to display the self diagnostics results of the converter sequentially from the SFC This key is useful when used in combination with Action printout page 6 39 Procedure Use the following procedure to be able to display the self diagnostics results Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Make sure that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX CLR READY No ius If it is not press key to set it SFOHOOOUERDED to READY 2 F S DIR ps pm U Press the key MAG XXXXXXXX STAT WORKING Result When no error has occurred the message shown here to the right appears MAG XXXXXXXX STATUS CHECK OK f a minor fault has occurred SFCHODUUSUISD ff appears at the end of the bottom line of the SFC display window MAG XXXXXXXX OUTPUTMODE 000060140 3 After checking the self diagnostics CLR results press the key to return to step 1 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 31 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Error messages and remedial action Troubleshooting Whenever problem occurs wh
215. ice Once communication is completed the HART mark disappears To select an appropriate sensitivity level refer to the flow chart on page 5 28 Electrode status output mode 7 18 From online menu Select Hi E x 1 Device setup EET eee Electrode stalus output mode 2 4 Detailed setup ZERO 2 3 Noise immunity OFF gt 8 Electrode status output mode HOLD Figure 7 29 is then displayed HIER Figure 7 29 Once the display as shown Figure 7 29 appears move the arrow key up or down to select an Electrode status output mode After marking a selection press F4 ENTER OFF ZERO or HOLD can be selected If F3 ESC is pressed here the selection is canceled and the display returns to the Noise immunity menu After returning to the Noise immunity menu press F2 SEND The changed setting is sent to the transmitter The HART communicator mark appears on the upper side while HART is communicating with the device Once communication is completed the HART mark disappears Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator 7 2 4 Pulse setting Pulse scale unit To set the pulse scale unit proceed as follows 1 From online menu Hi a Tx Select MAGNEWZW XXXXOOOLK 1 Device setup Pula eut unit gt 4 Detailed setup em 2 Conf output d 2 Pulse output DLP gt 1 Puls out unit Figure 7 30 will then be displayed ja NIER Figure 7 30
216. ico para uso en presencia de polvo inflamable Parte 1 Protecci n por envolventes tD Instrucci n de instalaci n para el uso seguro No existen Condiciones especiales para el uso seguro No existen 1 24 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure azbil Yamatake Corporation 80392300 003 Revision 01 Nosotros Corporation DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD DE CE Fujisawa Technology Center 1 12 2 Kawana Fujisawa shi Prefectura de Kanagawa 251 8522 Japon declaramos bajo nuestra exclusiva responsabilidad que los productos tienen como prop sito el uso en atm sfera explosiva Caudal metro Electromagn tico MagneW Neo MagneW Two wire PLUS de Dos alamabres M S Dos alambres Smart Modelo MTG18A con Ex nA alos cuales se relaciona esta declaraci n cumple con los requisitos de las siguientes Directivas 2004 108 EC en el acercamiento a las leyes de los Estados Miembros relativas a la compatibilidad electromagn tica 94 9 EC del Parlamento Europeo y del Consejo del 23 de marzo de 1994 en el acercamiento a las leyes de los Estados Miembros con respecto a los equipos y sistemas de protecci n destinados al uso en atm sferas potencialmente explosivas Esta declaraci n se basa en el Archivo T cnico 80392303 001 de EMC el Certificado de Conformidad E9 06 09 61160 006 de EMC el Certificado de Examen de Tipo EC KEMA
217. ificant figure the highest value e g 9 999 will be displayed In the main display unnecessary zeros are deleted but are not deleted in the sub display 5 7 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Totalized value display An totalized value is displayed in 8 digits without signs and decimal points In the main display unnecessary zeros are deleted but are not deleted in the sub display Next to 99999999 totalization starts from 00000000 5 3 2 Display of write protect level Protect level The write protect levels and their corresponding settings and operating condition are shown below LSC Key operation Communication Write S o o 2 2 protect SW1 SW2 22 a E 22 a E Ba EO Za A ae 2 level BS Bo RM 2c Bec a S 2 S Z Z 0 OFF OFF R W R W R W R W R W R W ENABLE ENABLE ENABLE ENABLE ENABLE ENABLE R W R W R W R R R OFF ENABLE ENABLE ENABLE ONLY ONLY ONLY R W R R W R R R PEE on ENABLE ONLY ENABLE ONLY ONLY ONLY R R R W R R R 3 oN oN ONLY ONLY ENABLE ONLY ONLY ONLY R W Read and write Reads and writes set values R Read W Write ENABLE Enabled Disable Disabled ONLY Only the indicated operation is enabled Note Be sure to turn off the power supply before changing the write protect level dip switch settings 5 8 Model
218. ight is a screen display example in MEASURING MODE measurement state 20 0 ae Press the MODE key 01 94 mh WPO 00069401 2 The OPERATOR S MODE screen appears for approx two seconds and then the damping setting OPER ul screen appears MODE 20 0 DAMPING 005 0 s 3 Press the gt key until the cursor is at the value to be changed In this example the key is pressed 20 0 DAMPING three times to move to the position 5 005 0 s 4 Press the T or 4 key to display a time constant to be changed In this example the T key is pressed 20 0 five times to change the damping time from 5 DAMPING seconds to 10 seconds 5 0 s 5 Press the key until the cursor is back at the mode indicator 20 0 96 Press the MODE key to return to the DAMPING oe Os MEASURING MODE and to save data CAUTION You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value 5 14 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 5 2 Auto zero adjustment Auto zero must be carried out only under the condition when the detector is filled with process fluid at zero flow Run this function only after installing the electromagnetic flowmeter to the process pipe Performing this function under a condition where the process fluid
219. ile HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 7 19 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation Pulse width 7 20 To set the pulse width value proceed as follows 1 From online menu Select 1 Device setup 2 4 Detailed setup 2 2 Conf output 2 Pulse output 3 Pulse width Figure 7 32 will then be displayed HY MACGHEVZW ZXEXEXXXX DUTY 505 Humber T Na J Ena AloORT Figure 7 32 Duty ratio is set 50 If setting the value arbitrarily select YES and press F4 ENTER If duty ratio of 50 is fine select NO Use the numeric keys to enter a pulse width in the value input display Setting range of pulse width is duty ratio of 70 or less Hy a x MAGHEVWZW XEXEXXXX vales TEES uw eiut lafalafa 150001 Pala OG mi priina a ore E w ie ee r ort AMOR T edes Figure 7 33 Once a new value is entered press F4 ENTER Data will be transmitted When the value is outside the range error will be displayed Input the value again Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator 7 2 5 Totalized value setting Displaying totalized value
220. ile the electromagnetic flow meter is in operation use the key of the SFC to read the error message and self diagnostics result see previous page and take action according to the table below Stopping converter If an error message with bold letter in the table below appears turn OFF the power to the converter to stop the electromagnetic flow meter In case of critical failure burnout function see page 6 56 and high low alarm see page 6 54 will operate No Error message Checkpoint and action 1 BAD CONFIG DATA Configuration data is incorrect Check the setting with the display function of each setting or configuration printout 2 CORRECTS RESET Re correction is required to keep precision Set the CONFIG data Perform correction and zero point adjustment 3 ENTRY gt SENS RNG The flow rate measured value may exceed the upper range value Reset the output range 4 ENTRY HEIGHT The set value of constant current generation exceeds the allowable range Reset the set value 5 EXCIT CHECK MODE The excitation current is being checked Note The electromagnetic flow meter cannot set the flow direction of the excitation current The flow direction is fixed at either X gt Y or Y 2X independently of the flow direction specified by the SFC 6 FAILED COMM Communication failure with the electromagnetic flow meter Check the SFC and comm
221. ing the average processing time 7 16 Low flow CULOPT 7 16 Ay need dee seis trees eas ene ene ends ee eed 7 17 Electrode status sensitivity ccccccceececceceeeeeneeeceeeees 7 17 Electrode status output mode 7 18 22 4 PulSe SetING ae en at ete tor det A es 7 19 Puls sc le units de Eee ei ee e de Et Te te Opp deren teen 7 19 Pulse scale iine ee Eee er ened re ea teta da 7 19 A ERU RUD Hp ERR PR 7 20 7 2 5 Totalized value setting cececccceceeeeene cee eecceeeee eee ceeaeee cess gaaaeeeeeggeaaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeenaeeeees 7 21 Displaying totalized value 7 21 Integrated reset value 5 nueces paese caede ta eee ta ede oe 7 21 Resetting the totalized value sssssessssssesseeseneeee eene nennen enne e nennen nennen 7 22 7 2 6 Contact output setting enne enne 7 23 High alarm value setting sssri ra nennen enn 7 23 Low alarm value setting eterne nennen nennen 7 24 Contact output status setting ia iecore cete eee dd e eed 7 24 1 2 rF3 Burn
222. is key jumps from a lower level to EXIT CONFIG at a stroke Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Charging SFC When a mark appears in the 8th column at the top of the SFC screen as shown below stop using the SFC immediately and charge the SFC Continuing to use the SFC will over discharge the battery of the SFC and make it impossible to charge it further 000060010 Procedure For the procedure for charging the SFC see the SFC User s Manual CM2 SFC100 2001 6 10 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 6 1 3 SFC Wiring Wiring between two wired magnetic flowmeter converter and SFC This section describes the wiring method between the two wired magnetic flowmeter converter and SFC Connect the SFC as shown in Figure 6 3 Connect the SFC red terminal to OUT and the black terminal to I OUT Red LOUT Black LOUT Host control system SFC Figure 6 3 SFC wiring connection 6 1 4 SFC unavailable functions There are functions which cannot be set or changed from SFC in two wired magnetic flowmeter functions These function settings or changing can be key operated from the data setting device To operate these functions refer to Chapter 5 Operation using the data setting device Functions which cannot be se
223. is then active MODE OFF 20 0 gt OUTPUT CHECK MODE ON 20 0 gt OUTPUT CHECK W CALIBRATOR 3 Input the signal from the calibrator and perform the loop check For the details of the calibrator operation refer to the users manual of the MGZ calibrator 20 0 gt OUTPUT CHECK W CALIBRATOR Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 7 3 Performing loop checks of analog outputs Analog output check The electromagnetic flowmeter can be used as a constant current generator to check analog outputs Other instruments in the analog current output loop such as recorders and controllers can be checked Default setting Displays the current output value Setting range Range settings are allowed ranging from 0 to 100 Perform loop checks of analog outputs in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter MAINTENANCE in accordance s with the entry into MAINTENANCE MODE See 20 0 5 5 10 Entering ENGINEERING MODE and 2 MODE pred MAINTENANCE MODE on page 5 36 Then display the screen at right 2 Press the key to move the cursor to the OFF position 20 0 96 Press the T key With the display switched from gt OUTPUT CHECK OFF to ON the output check mode is then active MODE OFF 20 0 gt OUTPUT CHECK MODE ON 20
224. is used to improve flow measurement more accurately when the flow rate becomes 25 or less of setting range The MTG Flowmeter has three manual zeroing functions for each excitation current To execute the manual zero proceed as follows 1 From online menu T e Select MAGNEWZ2W XXXXXXXX 1 Device setup Manual rero 2 2 Diag Service neve iim OOO OOOO gt 3 Calibration i mate Fake gt 3 Manual zero Figure 7 49 is then displayed HELE SAVE Figure 7 49 2 Once the display as shown Figure 7 49 appears move the arrow key up or down to select a manual zero to be adjusted 3 Select the manual zero then the screen HA OE4 as shown in Figure 7 50 appears MAGNEWEW SOCIO WAR Leap shout be peeved hem canal ano Figure 7 50 4 continue the manual zero press OK Then the screen as shown in Figure 7 51 appears Press OK to continue The notice as shown in Figure 7 52 appears MAGHEW2W XXX XX MAGHEW2W WAR Leap sheuk be peeved hem Waiting tabeat Masi rahal anon DK Aion Figure 7 51 Figure 7 52 5 Once the display as shown Figure 7 53 appears confirm the value appears on the screen and select an appropriate command by moving the arrow key up or down After marking a selection press FA ENTER Check the adjustment value by selecting 3 Refresh 9o command If you finish the manual zero select 4 Quit Manual zero end command
225. justed For OUTPUT XXXXXXXX ENTER example in case of adjusting 0 0 00 enter 0 and press the key the display as shown on the right appears This display confirms constant current generation mode Output value is fixed to 0 4 mA H mark shown in the bottom right presents the constant current generation mode 4 CLR 1 Press the key Display MAG XXXXXXXX returns back to the screen as in step READY 1 Output value is still fixed at 0 srovnat 5 Press the key to access the MAG CONFIG CONFIG function WORKING Press the key or key MAG CONFIG Display as shown on the right appears CORRECT DAC SFCM00006120D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Procedure SFC screen 6 NON VOL Press the key and enter into the CORRECT DAC screen Current value shown in the bottom right screen presents the adjustment variation DE CONF By pressing the key you can change from 0 002 0 01 0 05 to 0 25 mA Adjust by pressing the key or key CORRECT DC ZERO INC DEC 0 002 mA SFCMO0006121D Press the key Display return back to the screen shown to the right will be shown in the bottom right screen This shows that it is still in constant current generation mode You need to clear this mode MAG XXXXXXXX READY SFCM00006119D
226. key to return to the CNT RESET VALUE MEASURING MODE and to save data 90909090 A CAUTION You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value 5 16 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 5 4 Setting of built in counter reset value Reset the built in counter to start totalization from a value set as the built in counter reset value If this value is set to 1000 the built in counter starts totalization from 1000 after the counter is completely reset If the built in counter is reset the built in counter value just before the reset appears at the side of PREV on the LCD display Set range None Default None Reset the internal counter in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 The screen at the right is a screen display example in MEASURING MODE measurement state 20 0 E Press the MODE key 01 94 mih WPO 00069401 2 The OPERATOR S MODE screen appears for approx two seconds and then the damping setting 20 0 screen appears OPERATOR S MODE 20 0 DAMPING 005 0 s 3 Press the T key three times to display the screen shown on the right 20 0 CNT RESET READY PREV 00000000 4 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position READY 20 0 CNT RESET READY
227. l MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator 4 Figure 7 46 will then appear By AR pressing F4 OK current adjustment HW DIES will start and the converter will output a current corresponding to 0 of the flow range If it is fine press F4 OK MAGHEWZW XXXXXXXX Seting Hd dies sepul fo dm ART Figure 7 47 will then appear When executing the adjustment select SET and then press F4 ENTER A numerical value input display Figure 7 48 will then appear Measure the output current from the converter and enter the current value by the mA into the device Once the input has been completed press F4 ENTER The converter will start adjusting to 4mA automatically and return back to the display as shown in Figure 7 48 Verify that the current output value is 4 mA and terminate the adjustment Figure 7 46 HAN DEJ MACNEW2N ANKEREN Cirie DAC trium frome I fi Sen ja Endl AnGRT amen Figure 7 47 H if i 4 MACGHEWZW XXXXXXXX restos wakes il mfa aw amp 2000 20750006 alala FN T he ba zz LI Ld inim eni il ial 1j nup ENTER Figure 7 48 For 20 mA current output adjustment follow the same procedures as shown in above Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 7 27 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation Manual Zero This function
228. l be transmitted to the converter The HART communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Contact output status setting 7 24 To select OPEN CLOSE of contact output in normal status proceed as follows 1 From online menu Hi CEJ Pelee MAGHEW2W XXXXXXXX 1 Device setup Burn eut DO 2 4 Detailed setup Clone gt 2 Conf output LT NENNEN gt 4 Digital output 3 Burn out DO Figure 7 40 will then be displayed H NTER Figure 7 40 Once the display as shown in Figure 7 40 appears move the arrow key up or down to select OPEN or CLOSE After making a selection press F4 ENTER If F3 ESC is pressed here the selection will be canceled and the display will return to the Digital output menu After returning to the Digital output menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator 7 2 7 Burnout setting Analog output burnout setting To set the output direction of analog current output at critical failure proceed as follows 1 From online menu HAN ODEJ Select MAGNEWZW XX XXX
229. late Figure 2 37 2 inch pipe mounting Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 37 MEMO Chapter 3 Electrical wiring Outline of this chapter This chapter describes the electrical wiring of the main unit SFC and HART Communicator Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 3 1 Electrical wiring Yamatake Corporation 3 1 Electrical wiring Electrical wiring Introduction For this instrument to operate 15 3 to 42V DC power supply is required to signals wiring The electrical wiring of this instrument is described below as to the following items Wiring cable connecting positions Dedicated cable connecting positions detector and converter Power source and load resistance Cable selection and cabling Grounding Wiring connection of power supply and analog current output Wiring connection for pulse output Wiring connection for contact output Wiring procedure Wiring connection between detector and converter Note Do not connect commercial power directly to this instrument Impressing commercial power on this instrument causes unrecoverable damage to the internal measuring circuit Power and load resistance Use a direct current 15 3 to 42V DC for the power Supply 50V DC or over or 35V AC or over causes unrecoverable damage to the instrument The power ripple factor should be 1V or less in peak to peak value Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C
230. llow keys which are used to enter numerals Description Key Press key Press SHIFT key PRINT 9 Enters numeral 9 PRINT Prints out internal data of the converter This printing operation is called E configuration printout 8 Enters numeral 8 FEED Advances printing paper by 1 line The display window shows PRINTER FEED As long as this prompt is displayed each pressing of this key advances paper by 1 line To cancel this operation press the CLR key 7 to 4 Enters numeral 7 No effect to 4 3 Enters numeral 3 Displays the software versions of the converter and SFC If the SFC is not communicating with the converter only the version of the SFC is shown 2 Enters numeral 2 Displays KEYBAORD TEST row column and then displays the row and column of the key pressed immediately after Used to check the keyboard for any o 9 lt lt m z problems 1 Enters numeral 1 No effect ACT PR 0 Enters numeral 0 ACT PR Prints out a response from the converter every time the key is operated This operation is called action printout scr pap Enters a decimal SCR PAD Writes a memo into the database point of the converter 4 TIME Inverts the sign in the TIME Displays the current year month case of numerical input day and time d 6 8 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation usi
231. lse scale is changed 10 cm P gt 10 1000 I P 0 01 1 P 3 Calculate the span frequency 1 VP 0 01 1 P 100 Hz fs 100 Hz Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 49 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Set pulse scale in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter ENGINEERING MODE in accordance with the entry into ENGINEERING MODE see 12 3 section 5 5 10 on page 5 36 Then press T ET or 4 key to display the screen at right 2 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under a desired value to be set or changed 123 PLS 27 780 Hz SCL 100 00 I p 3 Using the T or Jkey change the value to a desired pulse scale to be set 12 3 PLS 13 890 Hz SCL 200 00 I p 4 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under 12 3 Press the MODE key to return to the PLS 13 890 Hz MEASURING MDOE and to save data eet 200 DO Vp CAUTION You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value 5 50 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 6 9 Setting pulse width Set a pulse width The pulse width should be set in accordance with the specifications of the pulse receiver installed Set range DUTY 50
232. magnetic induction we recommend using two core shielded cables for wiring Select a sheath material that can endure the environment ambient temperature corrosive gas corrosive fluid and the like in which the cable is running The cable is wired in to the terminal box through a conduit cable ground with G1 2 internal thread CM20 internal thread or 1 2NPT internal thread Therefore the optimum cable external diameter is 911 For the terminal treatment of the cable we recommend a crimp terminal M4 screw with an insulating sleeve The maximum length of wiring cable is 1500 meters Cabling When running a cable between the instrument and a controller pay attention to the following e The cabling should avoid a large capacity transformer motor power source or other noise source Do not put the cable in the same tray or duct with other power cables For waterproofing and damage prevention of the wire we recommend cabling work using conduits and ducts Use a waterproof gland at the conduit cable ground Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 3 5 Electrical wiring Yamatake Corporation 3 6 Grounding The grounding is essential for flow measurement The most effective grounding method is direct connection to earth ground with minimal impedance For the grounding terminal carry out grounding work grounding resistance 100Q or less according to Figure 3 2 or Figure 3 3 Do not ground internal amp external
233. n herung der Gesetze der Mitgliedsstaaten in Bezug auf elektromagnetische Kompatibilit t 94 9IEC des Europ ischen Parlaments und des Rats vom 23 Marz 1994 hinsichtlich der Ann herung der Gesetze der Mitgliedsstaaten in Bezug auf Einrichtungen und Schutzsysteme f r den Einsatz in potentiell explosiven Atmosph ren Diese Erkl rung basiert auf die EMV technische Datei 80392303 001 die EMV Bescheinigung der Konformit t E9 06 09 61160 00 das EU artige Pr fbescheinigung KEMA 07ATEX0066 sowie auf die folgenden Normen EN 61326 1 2006 Elektrische Mess Steuer Regel und Laborger te EMV Anforderungen Teil 1 Allgemeine Anforderungen EN 61326 2 3 2006 Elektrische Mess Steuer Regel und Laborger te EMV Anforderungen Teil 2 3 Besondere Anforderungen EN 60079 0 2006 Elektrische Betriebsmittel f r gasexplosionsgefahrdete Bereiche Teil 0 Allgemeine Anforderungen EN 60079 15 2005 Elektrische Betriebsmittel f r gasexplosionsgefahrdete Bereiche Teil 15 Konstruktion Pr fung und Kennzeichnung von elektrischen Betriebsmitteln der Z ndschutzart n EN 61241 0 2006 Elektrische Betriebsmittel zur Verwendung in Bereichen mit brennbarem Staub Teil 0 Allgemeine Anforderungen EN 61241 1 2004 Elektrische Betriebsmittel zur Verwendung in Bereichen mit brennbarem Staub Teil 1 Schutz durch Geh use tD Die Bezeichnung Identifikationsnummer und Adresse der benachrichtigten f r die Q
234. n in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 The screen at right is a screen display example in MEASURING MODE measurement state 20 0 01 94 m3 h WPO 00069401 2 Press the MODE key The OPERATOR S MODE screen appears for 20 0 approx two seconds and then the damping setting OPERATOR S screen appears MODE 20 0 96 DAMPING 005 0 s 3 Press the key to display the screen shown on the right 20 0 96 ELECTRODE ST SENSITIVITY OFF 4 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the OFF position 20 0 ELECTRODE ST SENSITIVITY OFF 5 Press the 4 key to select SENSITIVITY HIGH 20 0 96 ELECTRODE ST SENSITIVITY HIGH 6 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under 20 0 Press the MODE key to return to the ELECTRODE ST MEASURING MODE and save the data SENSITIVITY HIGH 7 Empty the pipe with SENSITIVITY HIGH set to check if the function detects the empty status Or in case that you find the scale on the electrode set the SENSITIVITY HIGH to check the function detects the scale on electrode status Perform the checking when 30 seconds or more have passed because it takes at least 30 seconds to detect the empty status after the pipe becomes empty or detect the scale on electrode status Result 0 0 96 When the empty status or scale on electrode is EMPTY OR SCALE detect
235. n the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 7 7 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation Damping time constant The damping time constant is set as follows 1 From online menu Select E arr E m x MAGHEWZW XXXXXXXX 1 Device setup PV Dame 3 Basic setup Loe gt 5 PV Damp EL Figure 7 10 will then be displayed zm pw ere E gp ope de 1 1 C0000 a eola LNTER Figure 7 10 Use the numeric keys to enter a damping time constant value in the value input display Up to five digits including a decimal point can be entered Setting range of the damping constant is 0 5 to 199 9 Once a new value is entered press F4 ENTER to return to the basic setup menu When the value is outside the range error will be displayed Input the value again After returning to the basic setup menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART Communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator Zero adjustment Follow the steps described below to
236. n to the one in step 3 6 NON VOL Press the key F S SETUP Result ENTERED IN SFC The screen to the right appears and the set fail safe direction is confirmed 7 L Press the ES key or key to FIS SETUP NEXT show this screen DOWN LOAD DOWN LOAD DATA Or SFCMO00006063D yL PREV 8 NON VOL SN Press the key F S SETUP WORKING i di Result SFCMO00006064D The screen as shown on the right F S SETUP appears and the changed setting DATA LOADED is written into the database of the converter The screen returns to step 3 SFCMO0006065D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 57 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Step Key Procedure SFC screen 9 CLR No A SHIFT To exit the F S SET UP function press the keys 10 NON VOL ENTER Yes Press the key Result The screen exits the F S SET UP function and returns to the screen as in step 1 Setting burnout direction of pulse output F S SETUP function Use the following procedure to display and to set the fail safe direction of pulse output Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 CLR z o Confirm that the SFC is set to READY If it is not press the key to set it to READY MAG XXXXXXXX READY SFCMO00006009D CONF Press the key to access the CONFIG functions MagneW CONFIG RA
237. nal data of the 6 36 ACT PRINT Continuously prints out response result 6 39 A DE Switches between digital and analog outputs 6 41 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 15 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation CONFIG functions The CONFIG functions that are entered by pressing the key include the following 17 sub functions UNIT KEY Select unit system and setting of specific gravity 6 42 CUT OFF Sets and changes low flow 22 6 44 DISP Changes flow rate display sess 6 46 EX mA Sets detector constant 6 48 Sets detector type nete etitm e E 6 50 DIAMETER Sets detector diameter see 6 52 ALARM CONFIG Sets high alarm and low alarm values 6 54 F S SETUP Sets fail safe direction sse 6 56 DIGITAL I O Select pulse output and contact 6 60 Sets contact output status esee 6 62 DI DO CHECK Output check of contact output esses 6 64 CORRECT DAC Analog output calibration sse 6 66 GAIN CAL Gam calibration e oa deeem 6 68 SHIP DATA RECOV Resets internal data setting to factory setting 6 70 READ TOTAL Reads flow rate counter
238. netic flowmeter Measures flow rate and outputs the instantaneous flow rate value as an analog signal Communicator Used to communicate with this instrument read data and change the instrument data settings Pulse output receiver equipment It inputs the pulse output and displays the totalized value Note Open collector It is pulse output method to use the transistor contact Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 1 5 Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation System configuration for analog output and contact output System configuration In the system configuration shown below the instantaneous flow rate is output as 4 20 mA analog signal and alarm is output when the status output is configured for the alarm function As an alarm self diagnosis output critical failure or upper lower limit alarm is output Communicator Power supply SFC HART Communicator 24V DC Host 2500 control resistance system Pulse output Pulse output receiving function 4 20 mA Analog signal Signal receiver open collector Grounding 92 The most effective grounding method is direct connection to j Two wired earth ground with minimal magnetic flowmeter impedance gt Figure 1 4 1 System configuration for analog output 1 Integral type Grounding
239. ng the data setting device Key names and functions This section describes the functions assigned to the dark brown and white keys which are used to diagnose or check the converter or to control the keyboard etc Key Description Press key Press SHIFT key gt Moves the cursor to the right No effect gt t m E lt Moves the cursor to the left A 9 DE analog 9 digital Switches between analog and digital communications F S DIR STAT Displays self diagnostics result of the converter No effect SPAN SPAN Displays the span of the range of a value currently displayed No effect ALPHA o Les z gt lt de ALPHA Press this key before entering a letter of the alphabet When the O cursor appears on the display section it is ready to enter Press this key once again to enter a function or numeral displayed in the center of each key When the display section shows a cursor it is ready to enter this function or numeral No effect A SHIFT SHIFT Press this key to enter a function displayed above each key When the display section shows SHIFT it is ready for input No effect CLR No CLR Clears the display in the display window and the SFC waits for input Or press this key to answer No to a question on the screen The screen moves one level up or down When exiting the CONFIG function pressing th
240. nsions 1 inch 1 inch 2 inches 27 inches 3 inches 4 inches Gasket internal diameter 25 5 40 5 52 65 79 104 1 1 1 1 If you install the detector at a lower torque level using rubber gaskets you must use gaskets with the internal and external diameters shown in Table 2 3 and Table 2 4 for the respective pipe size Depending on the grounding ring material two gaskets of different thicknesses may be required See Figure 2 20 on page 2 23 and Figure 2 23 on page 2 25 Table 2 3 Internal and external diameters of rubber gaskets 0 5 to 1 mm thick Unit mm 25mm 40mm 50mm 65mm 80mm 100mm Dimensions 1 inch 1 inch 2 inches 27 inches 3 inches 4 inches Gasket internal diameter 25 5 40 5 52 65 79 104 1 1 1 1 1 Gasket external diameter 50 75 91 111 121 146 1 1 1 1 Table 2 4 Internal and external diameter of rubber gaskets 3 to 4 mm thick Unit mm Nominal 25 40 50mm 65mm 80mm 100 mm Dimensions 1 inch 1 inch 2 inches 27 inches 3 inches 4 inches Gasket internal diameter 25 5 40 5 52 65 79 104 1 1 Gasket external diameter 50 68 84 104 114 139 1 E 1 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation
241. nual to alert you to possible hazards A WARNING Denotes a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury CAUTION Denotes a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in minor injury or damage to device Note Denotes important information and guidelines for safety of personnel and protection of device Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C iii Preface Yamatake Corporation How this Manual is organized and used Organization and method of use This manual explains how to use model MTG and related equipment in the following order Chapter 1 Explains the configuration of measuring systems using this instrument and describes the names and functions of various parts of the instrument Chapter 2 Describes instrument installation The persons in charge of installation and piping should refer to this chapter Chapter 3 Describes the wiring and connections The persons in charge of wiring work should refer to this chapter Chapter 4 Describes the procedure for startup operation and shut down of this instrument Chapter 5 To manipulate the instrument either its data setting device or a communication line may be used This chapter describes the operation by using the data setting device Read this chapter when starting the instrument after installation or when stopping its operation Chapter 6 To manipulate the instr
242. nverter 1 35 CSA certification with remote models MTG18B detector and MTG14C converter 1 37 1 3 3 EU Pressure Equipment Directive 97 23 1 38 Chapter 2 Instrument installation Outline of this chapter ae pede tiet dial ite 2 1 2 1 Before installation issiron naaasar a ea aa aade aeaa Aaaa aa 2 2 Criteria for installation location 1 2 2 Criteria for installation location 2 2 4 Method of changing the direction of CONVErtEN c cceceeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeesenaeeeeeeensaees 2 6 Changing the direction of display data setting 2 8 Movable range of display data setting device sssssssssssseseeneneees 2 9 Wiring connection distance of remote type converter and 2 10 2 2 Installation method 5 rne eta Eieneccoce ide 2 11 2 2 1 Installing a wafer type detector sssssssssssssssssssesene eene rnnt nnns 2 11 Basic installation 1 cet ener hee e E ER Rede HE AREE REDE ped rur 2 11 Accessory parts for installation reitera dne rede i e aee ccs 2 15 Selecting an installation method ssssssssesssseee 2 17 Installation on horizontal pipe
243. o 60 C and ambient humidity in the range from 10 to 90 RH Otherwise instrument failure or output errors may result Avoid a place close to a large current cable motor or transformer that may bring about inductive interferences Otherwise instrument failure or output errors may result Avoid a place where there are severe vibrations or a highly corrosive atmosphere Otherwise a broken detector or damaged instrument may result Avoid a place exposed to direct sunlight Otherwise output errors may result Cautions on measured fluid As to the measured fluid the installation location must satisfy the following conditions to avoid output errors and fluctuations The electrical conductivity of the fluid to be measured must match the stated specifications specs vary according to converter used and should be more or less constant The fluid to be measured must be electro chemically homogenized For example if two fluids are mixed at an upstream a point the device should be installed at a point so that the two fluid can be evenly mixed by the time they reach the measuring point If an ingredient or additive is mixed in the ingredient distribution must be nearly uniform or homogeneous For the accurate flow measurement verify the zero point value in each excitation current Manual zerol manual zero2 and manual zero3 by using manual zero function if the normal flow velocity is less than 0 3 m s 0 98 ft s For the following
244. o residual liquid or pressure inside the piping and the detector to avoid personal injury on damage to the unit The output signal or indication may fluctuate depending on pulsation or other conditions of the fluid In such cases increase the damping time constant or take some other measure The analog output may fluctuate due to flow noise which is generated by the process fluid flow In such a case connect the upstream grounding ring to the downstream grounding ring by a wire The output fluctuation may be reduced Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 3 Instrument installation Yamatake Corporation Criteria for installation location 2 Installed position Install the instrument at a place where the measured fluid always fills inside the detector An example of installation is shown in the figure below to illustrate this condition Prone to air lock The fluid may not fill completely The fluid may not fill completely Figure 2 1 Example of installation Note The detector must be positioned as shown by the circled areas in the figure shown above If the pipe is not filled output errors will occur If the measured fluid is highly viscous we recommend installing the instrument on a vertical pipe in order to secure an axial symmetrical flow Install a straight pipe section on the upstream side of the detector For the straight section length see the figure below
245. ocess 40 130 C 40 C lt Tamb lt 60 C KEMA 07ATEX0066 IP66 67 Toepasselijke normen EN 60079 0 2006 Elektrische materieel voor plaatsen waar gasontploffingsgevaar kan heersen Deel 0 Algemene eisen EN 60079 15 2005 Elektrische materieel voor plaatsen waar gasontploffingsgevaar kan heersen Deel 15 Constructie beproeven en merken van beschermingswijze n e EN 61241 0 2006 Elektrisch materieel voor plaatsen waar stofontploffingsgevaar kan heersen Deel 0 Algemene eisen e EN 61241 1 2004 Elektrisch materieel voor plaatsen waar stofontploffingsgevaar kan heersen Deel 1 Drukvast omhulsel tD Installatie instructie voor veilig gebruik Geen Speciale voorwaarden voor veilig gebruik Geen 1 28 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure azbil Yamatake Corporation 80392300 003 Herziening 01 CE CONFORMITEITSVERKLARING Wij Yamatake Corporation Fujisawa Technology Center 1 12 2 Kawana Fujisawa shi Kanagawa ken 251 8522 Japan verklaren onder onze uitsluitende verantwoordelijkheid dat de producten bestemd voor gebruik in explosiegevaarlijke omgeving Magnew Neo Magnew Tweeaderige PLUS Smart Tweeaderige Electromagnetische Debietmeter Model MTG18A met Ex nA waarop deze verklaring betrekking heeft voldoen aan de vereisten van de volgende Richtlijnen 2004 108 EC over de aanpassing van de
246. of this MAG SR FIC 123 converter o Eee For SEN D 6 22 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Setting changing damping time constant DAMP key Introduction Damping time constant is a response time of the primary delay 65 2 response for a step response of the flow rate When the output fluctuations are large increase the damping A large damping value stabilizes the output but lowers the response performance The damping time constant can be set to 0 5 up to 199 9 sec using numeric keys Procedure Use the following procedure to set the damping time constant Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Confirm that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX o READY If it is not press the key to set it to READY 2 Press the key DAMPING XXXXXXXX Result 3 0 SECONDS The currently set damping time constant appears as shown here 3 Use numeric keys to set the damping time constant Input range 0 5 to DAMPING XXXXXXXX 199 9 WORKING Result SFCM00006057D The changed setting is written into the database of the converter and DAMPING XXXXXXXX displayed on the screen 5 0 SECONDS E um Press the key to return to the screen in step 1 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 23 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Setting en
247. oise Figure 5 2 Auto spike cut output characteristics Set the auto spike cut in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 The screen at right is a screen display example in MEASURING MODE measurement state 20 0 E Press the MODE key 01 94 mh WPO 00069401 2 The OPERATOR S MODE screen appears for approx two seconds and then the damping setting 20 0 screen appears OPERATOR S MODE 20 0 DAMPING 005 0 s 3 Press the T key four times to display the screen shown on the right 20 0 SPIKE CUT OFF 4 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the OFF position 20 0 SPIKE CUT OFF 5 18 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Procedure Screen 5 Press the T or 4 key to select ON or OFF 20 0 SPIKE CUT ON 6 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under 20 0 Press the MODE key to return to the SPIKE CUT MEASURING MODE and save data DEF CAUTION You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value 5 5 6 Setting moving average processing This function is used to carry out the moving average processing of the measured flow rate values The model MTG performs the flow rate calculation every
248. ommended internal diameters refer to Table 2 6 on page 2 29 Installation procedure Install the detector as shown in Figure 2 27 The torque level for tightening the bolts is not related to the gasket material See Table 2 5 on page 2 27 for the appropriate torque For the internal diameter of the gaskets see Table 2 2 on page 2 16 CAUTION A lower fastening torque may result in insufficient surface pressure between the lining and the grounding ring resulting in leakage ISS SESS Lining Grounding ring Gasket Figure 2 27 Installation using SUS material grounding rings Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 31 Instrument installation Yamatake Corporation Installation on metal pipe 2 2 32 Introduction The installation method described in this section is to be used with the following grounding ring materials For the installation method used with grounding rings of SUS material refer to the table on page 2 30 Pipe material metal Grounding ring material Non SUS material Required accessories The following parts are required No gaskets are necessary since PTFE gaskets are provided Bolts and nuts Installation procedure Install the detector as shown in Figure 2 28 See Table 2 5 on page 2 27 for the appropriate fastening torque Please note that the use of an additional gasket besides the existing PTFE gasket may result in leakage see Figure 2 29
249. on The diameter of the detector of the converter is set at the factory according to the ordered specifications The setting of this diameter can be changed Used when When only the detector is replaced with one of a different diameter this function is used to reset the diameter Procedure Use the following procedure to set the diameter of the detector Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 CLR z o Confirm that the SFC is set to READY If it is not press the key to set it to READY MAG XXXXXXXX READY SFCM00006009D Press the key to access the CONFIG functions MagneW CONFIG RANGE CONFIG SFCM00006018D C PREV Press the key or key to display the screen as shown on at the right MagneW CONFIG DETECTOR DATA SFCMO00006019D NON VOL ENTER Yes NON VOL Press the MAGNEW CONFIG WORKING SFCMO00008020D PREV Press the key or key to display the screen as shown on the right DETECTOR DATA DIAMETER 2 5 A SFCM00006028D 6 52 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Key Procedure SFC screen 6 DE CONF MENU ITEM DE CONF Pressing the key changes the numerical value to the right of DIAMETER shown on the screen f
250. on Configuration printout data printout The SFC printer can print out internal data of the converter such as the converter tag number TAG No damping time constant low flow cutoff This printing function is called configuration printout or data printout Action printout continuous printout The SFC is provided with a function that continuously prints out results of responses to key operations of the SFC from the converter This printing function is called action printout or continuous printout Printer The optional SFC printer is a 24 characters line thermal printer When the power switch to the SFC is turned ON the printer automatically starts to move and stops after moving back and forth once At this time the recording paper will advance a little approximately 5 mm Advancing recording paper FEED To advance recording paper press 5 The screen will display PRINTER FEED and the recording paper is advanced by one line While this prompt is displayed the recording paper is advanced by one line FEED every time the key is pressed To cancel the feed function press the key Feeding recording paper When the printer is running short of recording paper feed the paper roll compartment with a paper roll For a detailed procedure see the SFC User s Manual CM2 SFC100 2001 6 36 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting de
251. on UJ PUNE SE n Press the T or J key to display a function to be set PULSE T Select PULSE pulse output HI LO STOUT contact output for upper lower limit alarm or 20 0 critical failure status or ELECTRODE STOUT contact output for empty status or scale on electrode 9 diagnostic 20 0 FUNC SET ELECTRODE STOUT Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Procedure Screen 3 Press the MODE key to return to the MEASURING MODE and to save the data 20 0 FUNC SET PULSE A CAUTION You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 43 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 6 3 Setting detector information Set detector information necessary for combination with the converter EX value Each detector has a unique calibration factor EX value This value is determined at shipment in accordance with the actual flow rate calibration DO NOT change this value or the flowmeter output will be incorrect Detector type When measuring the flow rate select MTG for the detector type To perform adjustments and loop checks select TST for the detector type Bore diameter Sets the bore diameter inside diameter of the detector The
252. operations The following points should be noted when operating the SFC keyboard Press keys firmly and slowly If the screen does not respond this means the key input has not been accepted Press the key slowly once again There are active keys and inactive keys depending on the screen in the display window When an inactive key is pressed pressing the key will restore to a state in which key input can be accepted After this press an active key Interaction rules The SFC can be operated on an interactive basis Interact with the SFC according to the following rules NON VOL answer Yes to a question on the screen press the key Answering Yes Yes to a question on the screen of the CONFIG functions normally moves to a hierarchy one level lower However answering Yes to the prompt of EXIT exits the function and returns to a hierarchy one level higher To answer No to a question on the screen press the key Answering No to a question on the screen of the CONFIG functions normally moves to a hierarchy one level higher However answering No to the prompt of EXIT returns to the start screen of the function To select a different function in the same hierarchy press keys To scroll the screen in order to select a different item in the same hierarchy and with DE CONF the same function press the key While the CONFIG function is active pressing th
253. oration Operation using HART communicator Step Procedure Screen 6 Press the gt key and move the cursor to the bottom of 20 0 COM SELECT After rebooting the converter by pressing the HART MODE key display will return to the MEASURING MODE and the communication 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 method will be changed SRBBEEEEHESNRRRE SELF CHECK MODE 20 0 01 94 m3 h WPO 00069401 7 3 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation 7 1 3 Verifying communication After the HART Communicator has been properly interconnected turn the device s power on For the external power supply model turn on the external power supply before turning the device power on Once the setting and wiring connections are correct the HART Communicator s display shows an online menu as shown below and a HART mark will flicker in the upper right hand corner of the display e px BLAINE 2 WS ee EXE Online FER MAH mYh P TT LEY 8 58 m Th 147 mih sa Figure 7 2 Online menu If the display is not as shown in Figure 7 2 but as shown in Figure 7 3 below no communications are being made Recheck the HART Communicator connections and the setting of converter The setting of the converter is described page 7 2 NNX HART Application He Darica Found Posen any bey bo Continue Figure
254. otalized value display see 5 3 1 Display overview Area Description Main display Displays the flow rate display selected for the main display 7 segment 8 digit display by DISP SELECT in OPERATOR S MODE flow rate display mark Displays when flow rate is shown for the main display Actual flow rate display mark Displays when the actual flow rate is shown for the main RATE display Totalized value display mark Displays when the totalized value is shown for the main TOTAL display Sub display In MEASURING MODE shows a flow rate display other than a flow rate display selected for the main display by DISP SELECT in OPERATOR S MODE In modes other than MEASURING MODE indicate procedures for setting and adjusting parameters Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 5 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation This section describes keys on the data setting device Name Description MODE key Enters OPERATOR S MODE When parameters and configured data have been changed in ENGINEERING MODE or MAINTENANCE MODE press this key to save the data Right shift key Moves the cursor to the right Decrement key Changes the parameter at a cursor position Displays the previous screen Ifthe key is pressed when the OPERATOR S cursor is placed at the upper MODE left end gt the screen will change Ifthe key is
255. otection details are shown by write protect levels Write LSC Key operation Communication rotect SW1 SW2 eee Operator s Engineering Maintenance Operator s Engineering Maintenance mode mode mode mode mode mode R W R W R W R W R W R W 9 ORE OBE ENABLE ENABLE ENABLE ENABLE ENABLE ENABLE R W R W R W R R R 1 ON OFF ENABLE ENABLE DISABLE ONLY ONLY ONLY R W R R W R R R 2 OFF ON ENABLE ONLY DISABLE ONLY ONLY ONLY R R R W R R R g oN ON ONLY ONLY DISABLE ONLY ONLY ONLY R W Read and write Read and write set values R Read W Write ENABLE Enabled DISABLE Disabled ONLY Only the indicated operation is enabled Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Writing on non volatile memory After downloading the changed setting data using SFC save the setting data to MangeW Two wire PLUS non volatile memory in approx 30 seconds Therefore do not turn the power off during the operation NON VOL If you want to save the data immediately press the key and key then the data will be written forcibly to non volatile memory Changing communication method Two wired magnetic flowmeter has the following 4 communication methods e SFN A SFC communication Analog SFN D SFC communication Digital HART HART communication NONE not using any
256. otive force that is proportional to the flow rate of the passing fluid Connects to the pipes and supports the entire instrument Hoses the electrodes both electrodes are installed in a horizontal position Converter Converts the signal of electromotive force generated by the detector into an instantaneous flow rate value and outputs it as a flow rate signal Special cable It transmits the electromotive force and the excitation current generated by the detector The shielded special cable offers strong protection against electromagnetic interferences and environment influences Display panel It displays the instantaneous flow rate value and the internal state of this flowmeter Terminal box Contains output signal and grounding terminals Nameplate MODEL No PRODUCT No and detector constant EX are written TAG No plate TAG No is written according to the order specification 1 10 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Detector 1 Flanged type Description The flanged detector has the function and structure as follows e Detects an electromagnetic force signal proportional to the flow rate of the fluid passing thought the detector Installs to the pipes and supports the entire instrument Houses the electrodes both electrodes are installed in a horizontal position Names of various pa
257. ously saved value 5 44 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 6 4 Setting detector factor Set the detector factor The C1 value is always 1 0000 Set the C2 value to that shown on the detector nameplate under the heading Detector Factor Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter ENGINEERING MODE see Entering Engineering Mode and Maintenance Mode on 20 0 page 5 36 Then press the T or J key to display C1 1 0000 the screen at right C2 1 0234 2 Press the gt key to set the detector factor C1 is always set to 1 0000 20 0 Set the C2 factor to that stamped on the nameplate C1 1 0000 of the flowmeter C2 1 0234 3 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under 20 0 Press the MODE key to return to the C1 1 0000 MEASURING MODE and to save the data C2 1 0234 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 45 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 6 5 Setting flow rate range Set the flow rate range The lower limit of the range is ZERO The upper limit which is the value when the output reaches 100 is entered here along with the selection of engineering and time units The range has an upper limit value of 10 m s in flow velocity when it is calculated at the upper stage of the display It has a lower limit value of 0 3 m s Set the flow rate range so that the r
258. out setting cn tete ctr RARE RU fea deis 7 25 Analog output burnout setting sssssssssssessssseeseneee eene nnne nennen senes 7 25 Pulse output burnout Setting sss nenne nennen nnne sre 7 25 7 3 Calibrating and Inspecting the device by HART Communicator and other functions 7 26 123 1 Device adjustmient ic ec ec ede tete a ees eoe eet te breed Fere ee cerea Cg 7 26 Analog current output 7 26 Manual PAS E EE 7 28 Gain adjustmeri eerte RU em teretes ied ente 7 30 Pulse output adjustment E E a a 7 32 Excitation current adjustment enn nnns 7 34 12322 OUtpUtchiGck tee eect 7 36 Analog output check with MGZ calibrator sese 7 36 Analog output check eerte t e d e tcr nel Pacta ET Ie PER EE PUER 7 37 P lse outp t check ete meii te Se he esd otha Meas edi dest Eee 7 38 Contact output check ERI E EIE 7 39 f 3 9 Oltherfunctions cuiii eec d eire dedi cei eed reed ete 7 40 Verifying status of converter 7 40 Tag settlng Le tt ERR IHE ED ERG 7 41 Shipping data recovery n ox en I tere ene Le Saee leti tact dents elena qu e Reda 7 42 acude
259. output DIGITAL I O function Two wired magnetic flowmeter can be configured for pulse output or contact output other than the analog current output 4 20 mA Use the following procedure to configure the pulse output and contact output Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Confirm that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX CLR READY No m m If it is not press the key to FOOD set it to READY 2 Press the key to access the MAGNEW CONFIG DIGITAL 1 0 CONFIG functions Press the A k key to display th ey or s ey to disp screen as shown on the right or PREV 3 NON VOL S Press the key to access the DIGITAL 1 0 DIGITAL I O function press the DO NOT USED key to display SFCMO0006101D the screen as shown on the right or NEXT Y E Present setting function appears DIGITAL 1 0 or DO NOT USED Pulse output HI LO ALARM HI LO ALARM Contact output dd Following function will appear on the screen but are not available for two wired magnetic flowmeter ALARM DIAG EMPTY H1 L1 H2 L2 ALM 4 DE CONF par key and specify the DIGITAL I O Hs function to be set HI LO ALARM 5 NON VOL EET EM Press the key DIGITAL 1 0 PR The changed setting is saved to the ENTEREDIIN SFC SFC SFCM00006103D 6 60 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation
260. output immediately to value before the error occurrence A CAUTION The fail safe direction is a factor of extreme importance in securing the safety of the entire control process Decide the fail safe direction considering what would be the safer output when the output of the converter becomes abnormal in the entire control process Procedure Use the following procedure to display or set the fail safe direction of analog output Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Confirm that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX CLR READY No P EI If it is not press the key to set it to READY Fress the key to access the CONFIG functions SFCM00006009D MagneW CONFIG RANGE CONFIG SFCM00006018D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Key Procedure SFC screen 3 L Press e key or key to MagneW CONFIG show this screen FAILSAFE CONFIG or SFCMO00006094D yL PREV 4 ovo NON VOL 5 Press the MAGNEW CONFIG WORKING 5 DE CONF aei Pressing the key changes the F S SETUP HEN screen sequentially from DWN gt 4 20mA F S DWN HLD gt UP DWN Display the MM fail safe direction to be set on the screen CLR Branch To stop the fail safe direction setting press the key The screen will retur
261. ow the procedure described below to reset the totalized value 1 From online menu Select 1 Device setup 2 4 Detailed setup 2 2 Conf output 3 Totalizer 3 Reset totalizer Figure 7 36 will then be displayed it x MAGHEWZW XXXXXXXX will be ja Endl NTER Figure 7 36 If resetting the totalized value select Yes and press F4 After pressing F4 ENTER Figure 7 37 will then be displayed Figure 7 37 shows that the totalized value has been reset After resetting display will automatically return back to the previous display in 3 sec HU a x MUAGHEVWZW IZXEXXXXXX wan irent anori Figure 7 37 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator 7 2 6 Contact output setting High alarm value setting To set the high alarm value of contact output proceeds as follows 1 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C From online menu Hil Select MAGNEWZW XXXOOOCOK 1 Device setup Hi alarm 2 4 Detailed setup 115 gt 2 Conf output 4 Digital output Tw jur o dm F T7 my gt 1 Hi alarm wala 4 s n rs Figure 7 38 will then be displayed Fe 1 1 111 jan ieioea E CRIER Figure 7 38 Use the numeric keys to enter a high alarm value in the value input display Setting range of high alarm value is 0 to 1
262. pervision and Inspection Center for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation Two wire PLUS accords with following standasds CGBTE 1 2000 Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres Peri 1 General requirements DAIJA 82003 Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres Part E Type of protection n 2 Special Condition for Safe Use Li The suffix X denotes external provision should be made to project the power supply exceeding 40 of the cated voltage of the apparatus 13 The umb ient temperature range is 407 0 7 2 3 The relation between iemperature class amd maximum iemperabese of process medium dB following ie Roe 2 4 The ingress of protection of Magne Two wire PLUS is IP 67 The cable entry should be protected to the degree of protection of the enclosure IP 67 E4208 1 99 at 2 5 During installation there should be e mixture harm bo flameproo bousing 26 Emd mirs is mot permitted to change any components iesides 2 7 Malstence sicul be done in non hazardous location IE When installation use and enaimienance of Magnew Two wire PLUS observe following standards GRIEG 12 1907 Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmaspheres Part 13 Repair and overhaul for apparatus used explosive gas aimespbens GRIJI 15 2000 Electrical apparmtus for explosive atmospheres Pan 15 Electrical installations in hazardous arca other than mines GHi336l6 2006
263. position under 20 0 Pressing the MODE key reboots the converter SELECT returns to MEASURING MODE and the HART communication system changes and saved 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 SELF CHECK MODE 20 0 01 94 m h WPO 00069401 A CAUTION You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 35 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 5 10 Entering ENGINEERING MODE and MAINTENANCE 5 36 MODE Introduction This section describes how to enter ENGINEERING MODE in which setup parameters for the electromagnetic flowmeter are to be configured and MAINTENANCE MODE in which calibration and check are to be carried out Note The mode selection screen may not appear depending on the settings of write protect Operate the write protect switch on the main board and then select one from levels 1 2 and 3 to display the screen for selecting ENGINEERING MODE only Select write protect level 0 to display the screen for selecting both ENGINEERING MODE and MAINTENANCE MODE See 5 3 2 Display of write protect level The procedure for entering ENGINEERING MODE is shown below Step Procedure Screen 1 The screen shown right is a screen display 200 96 example in MEASURING MO
264. procedures described below to set the detector diameter Set the diameter size printed on the nameplate 1 From online menu HAs x Select MAGHEWZW XXXXXXXX 1 Device setup Tube size 2 4 Detailed setup 80 2 1 Detector config ts gt 1 Tube size 10 A 15 Figure 7 19 will then be displayed lm a 29 A ET NTER Figure 7 19 Once the display as shown in Figure 7 19 appears move the arrow key up or down to select a detector diameter After making a selection press F4 ENTER If F3 ESC is pressed here the selection will be canceled and the display will return to the Detector config menu After returning to the Detector config menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Detector type Follow the procedures described below to set the detector type Use MTG at normal measurement 1 From online menu Hi DIES MAGNEVWZW XXXXXXXX 1 Device setup Detector type 2 4 Detailed setup gt Detector config c gt 2 Detector type Figure 7 20 will then be displayed ET NTER Figure 7 20 Once the display as shown in Figure 7 20 appears move the arrow key up or down to select a detector type After making a selection press F4 ENTER If F3 ESC is pressed here the
265. protective plate to prevent the PVC pipe from being deformed or damaged when the bolts are tightened with the specified torque Install the protective plate between the outer side of the PVC flange and the detector as shown in Figure 2 19 The protective plate protects the PVC pipe from deformation or damage when secured at the specified torque The torque level is unrelated to the pipe or grounding ring material See Table 2 1 on page 2 12 for the appropriate torque Protective plate I E P4 Gasket Lining Grounding ring Figure 2 19 Installation using SUS material grounding ring with protective plate 3 Use this method to install the detector using a low fastening torque and rubber gaskets Remove the grounding ring from the detector insert a rubber gasket 0 5 to 1 0 mm thick then reinsert the grounding ring on top of the rubber gasket With the rubber gasket in the position shown in Figure 2 20 attach the detector to the pipe Fasten the bolts with a torque that provides a leakproof joint In this case use the two kinds of rubber gaskets made of the same material cde Lining Rubber gasket Rubber gasket 3 4mm 0 5 1mm Grounding ring Figure 2 20 Installation using SUS material grounding ring with rubber gasket Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 23 Instrument installation Yamatak
266. pubs End AmogT ater Figure 7 84 H DES MAGNEWIW X X XXX X X X 1 mg bes ished 1a audamalic Figure 7 85 7 38 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator 4 Use the numeric keys to enter a fixed value to be output in the value input display Setting range is duty ratio of 0 to 100 When value is entered press F4 ENTER Pulse corresponding to its output will be output Press F3 ABORT to return to the previous menu Contact output check e x MAGHEWZW XXXXXXXX abus 0 5i To output contact fixed value proceed as follows l From online menu Select 1 Device setup 2 Diag Service 2 Loop test 2 4 Out put check Do Figure 7 87 will then be displayed Ifthe control system is not affected by the forcible change of the current signal press F4 OK By pressing F3 ABORT the procedure is canceled Figure 7 88 will then appear Choose START to start fixed value of contact output and then press F4 ENTER Figure 7 89 will appear Move the arrow key up or down to select an OPEN or CLOSE After making a selection press F4 ENTER Selected contact will be output Press F3 ABORT to return to the previous menu Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C E 120002000 200 cee 0003001 000 06258 8089 et ABORT INTER Figure 7 86 Hi x MACGNEVWAOSVC XXX
267. r source Check the wiring Check if the ambient temperature is not under 4 F 20 No output when powered on Check the signal line for correct connection Communication failure Check the signal line for correct connection A load resistance of 250 Q or more is required SFC Check the communicator for correct connection SFC has polarity SFC of Version 7 0 or later is used Operation is impossible with a lower version s model MTG DD device description down loaded on the HART Communicator The DD for the model MTG should be downloaded from HCF DD Library Host DD Distribution HCF KIT IIT Release 2002 Number 3 or later No pulse output Check the counter type input specifications and contact capacity Check the pulse setting of the flowmeter Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 8 7 Maintenance and troubleshooting Yamatake Corporation 8 8 Troubles during operation Troubleshooting When a problem occurs during operation perform the following procedures 1 2 Search for the symptom of the trouble in the table on this page If found perform the steps indicated in the table If communication is possible read the error message and self diagnosis results Perform referring to Error messages and troubleshooting If the problem can not be solved it is possible that the device has been damaged Contact your local Yamatake repres
268. rali EN 60079 15 2005 Costruzioni elettriche per atmosfere esplosive per la presenza di gas Parte 15 Costruzione prove e marcatura delle costruzioni elettriche avente modo di protezione n EN 61241 0 2006 Costruzioni elettriche destinate ad essere utilizzate in presenza di polveri combustibili Parte 0 Prescrizioni generali EN 61241 1 2004 Costruzioni elettriche destinate ad essere utilizzate in presenza di polveri combustibili Parte 1 Protezione mediante custodie tD I nome il numero identificativo e l indirizzo dell organismo riconosciuto responsabile della produzione della notifica di assicurazione qualit KEMA Quality B V 0344 Utrechtseweg 310 6812 AR Arnhem P O Casella 5185 6802 ED Arnhem Paesi Bassi II firmatario autorizzato per questa dichiarazione per conto del fabbricante e la persona responsabile basata all interno dell UE riportato di seguito wtf Azbil Europe V Y 1 gt Bosdellestraat 120 2 M Vida B 1933 Zaventem Sterrebeek Direttore di Controllo Belgio data 10 10 2009 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 1 27 Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation 1 ATEX Type n Certificering Dutch Goedkeuringsselectie code 4 Markeringinformatie C 0344 9 II3 GD Ex nA II T6 T135 C bij Tprocess 40 85 Ex nA II T5 T135 C bij Tprocess 40 100 C Ex nA II T4 T135 C bij Tpr
269. rescribed limit Otherwise the detector could be damaged Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation Accessory parts for installation Introduction The following parts are necessary for the installation of the detector e Gaskets Gaskets are to be provided by the customer when using grounding rings made of SUS material Gaskets are supplied as standard accessory when using grounding rings made of other material Gaskets Gaskets are supplied with the grounding ring except when it is made of SUS material Gasket are to be provided by the customer when using a grounding ring made of SUS material We recommend a non rubber gasket material such as joint sheet or PTFE For the internal diameters of the gaskets refer to Table 2 6 Note A gasket with small internal diameter may generate turbulent flow and affect resulting in inaccurate measurements A gasket with too large internal diameter may cause leakage Also any solid substance in the fluid to be measured could accumulate between the gasket and the flange resulting in inaccurate measurements Table 2 6 Recommended internal diameters of gaskets Body diameter Internal diameter mm 2 5 mm 111 5 mm 11 1 10mm 11 1 15 mm inch 16 1 25 mm 1 inch 25 1 40 mm 17 inch 401 50 mm 2 inches 51 1 65 mm 2 inches 64 1 80 mm 3 inches 76 1 100 mm 4 inches 95 1
270. ress the e key to enter into PULSE setting function and press the key or display the screen as shown on the right key to Displays the actual pulse width PULSE CONFIGURE P WIDTH 1 0 ms SFCMO00006150D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Key Procedure SFC screen 5 DE CONF MENU ITEM DE CONF Press the key and select the pulse width to be set Select from duty 50 1 7 10 15 30 50 100 200 ms You can enter it directly by pressing the numeric keys Range of two wired magnetic flowmeter is 1 to 1000 ms however SFC can only set up to 999 9 ms PULSE CONFIGURE P WIDTH 7 0 ms SFCMO0006151D NON VOL ENTER Yes NON VOL Press the key The changed setting is saved on the SFC PULSE CONFIGURE ENTERED IN SFC SFCM00006145D AH NEXT or PREV Press the key or key to display the screen as shown on the right PULSE CONFIG DOWNLOAD DATA SFCM00006152D NON VOL ENTER Yes NON VOL Press the key Changed setting data is written into the database of the converter PULSE OUTPUT DATA LOADED SFCM00006149D CLR No Press the key and the screen returns to the screen as in step 1 MAG XXXXXXXX READY SFCMO00006009D Model MTG
271. rom 2 5 mm up to 1100 mm Range of two wired magnetic flowmeter detector diameter is 2 5 to 200 mm DETECTOR DATA DIAMETER 40 A SFCMO00006029D NON VOL ENTER Yes NON VOL Press the key Result The screen as shown on the right appears and the set detector type is confirmed DETECTOR DATA ENTERED IN SFC AH NEXT or Press the key or key to display the screen DOWN LOAD as shown on the right DETECTOR DATA DOWNLOAD DATA SFCM00006024D NON VOL ENTER Yes NON VOL Press the key Result The screen as shown on the right appears and the changed setting is written into the database of the converter The screen returns to step 3 DETECTOR DATA WORKING SFCMO00006025D DETECTOR DATA DATA LOADED SFCMO0006026D 10 SHIFT CLR No To exit this setting function press the 11 Result The screen exits the detector diameter setting function and returns to step 1 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 53 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Setting high low alarm values ALARM CONFIG function Use the following procedure to set the high and low alarm values High and low alarm values can be used only when contact output is selected Refer to Select pulse output contact output DIGITAL I O function on page 6 60 S
272. rrow key up or down to select a flow unit After making a selection press F4 ENTER If F3 ESC is pressed here the selection will be canceled and the display will return to the basic menu 5 After pressing F4 ENTER and returning to the basic menu press F2 SEND The HART mark will appear in the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device Figure 7 7 Once communication is complete the HART mark will disappear 7 6 BLO ATA Fi una mit duod a mda T LL Figure 7 6 Selection of flow rate unit AEN _ _ _ e BELGE AA DCN setup fas 5 T Pd mde ung BT ml VS Lia ete T prag sin Ebem sir Figure 7 7 Transmitting the setting Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator Range The upper limit of the flow range is set as follows 1 From online menu AA x Select EM h x MAGNEW2W XXXXXXXX 1 Device setup PV URV gt 3 Basic setup TOT m h 3 PV KL Figure 7 8 will then be displayed EET ee a Fonu E rt I i h Fr 1 C EE ti ET BIER Figure 7 8 Use the numeric keys to enter a new range value in the value input display Up to six digits including a decimal point can be entered
273. rts The structure and names of various parts of the detector are shown Flow direction mark Grounding ring Mounting screw M5 4 places Figure 1 7 Detector details Flanged detector Names and functions of various parts The following table describes the various parts of the detector Name Description Flow direction mark Indicates the flow direction of the fluid Attach the detector so that the direction of fluid flow and this mark agree with each other Grounding ring Keeps reference voltage to zero by grounding the unit The grounding ring material varies depending on the corrosion characteristics of the fluid to be measured Mounting screw Fixes the detector to the converter M5 When these screws are removed the detector and the converter orientation can be changed Flange The flanges depend on the flanges on the pipes to which to connect Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 1 11 Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation Detector 2 Wafer type Description The wafer type detector has a function and structure as follows Detects an electromagnetic force signal proportional to the flow rate of the fluid passing through the detector Houses the electrodes both electrodes are installed in a horizontal position Names of various parts The structure and names of various parts of the detector are shown
274. s these preset upper and lower limits The alarm output status depends on the Setting contact output status described later Set range Default HI ALM 0 to 115 LO ALM 0 to 115 HI ALM 115 LO ALM 0 Set the upper lower limit alarm in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter ENGINEERING MODE in accordance with the entry into ENGINEERING MODE see 12 3 section 5 5 9 on page 5 36 Then press the or 4 115 LO ALM 000 key to display the screen at right 2 Using the gt key move the cursor to the position under a digit to be set or changed 12 3 HI ALM 100 LO ALM 000 3 Using the T or 4 key change the value to the desired value to be set 12 3 96 HI ALM 080 LO ALM 000 4 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under 12 3 96 Press MODE key to return to the MEASURING HI ALM 080 MODE and to save data LO ALM 000 However set as follows HI ALM gt LO ALM Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 6 13 Selecting failsafe mode for analog outputs This function is used to determine the analog output direction when the flowmeter detects a critical status condition The failsafe mode is very important for the overall safety of the control process Choose the failsafe direc
275. satisfy the operation conditions of this instrument 1 4 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure System configuration for analog output and pulse output System configuration An example of the system configuration is shown The flow rate is available as an analog 4 20 mA DC output and totalized value is available as a pulse output Communicator Power supply 24V DC SFC HART Communicator Pulse Host Pulse output 500 contro receiving function resistance system Signal receiver open collector Grounding T Analogue signal The most effective grounding gt k method is direct connection to earth ground with minimal impedance Two wired magnetic flowmeter Figure 1 3 1 System configuration for analog output 2 Integral type eg M gt Communicator SFC HART Communicator Grounding power supply amp 3 Two wired magnetic flowmeter Remote type 4 20 mA Analog signal Pulse output rounding s paige output receiving function The most effective grounding method is direct connection to earth ground with minimal impedance Signal receiver open collector Figure 1 3 2 System configuration for analog output Remote type Two wired mag
276. scale This function is used to set the flow rate per pulse and associated units for a flowmeter Pulse scale of the totalization value indicated on the display is equal to the pulse scale set here Set range 0 0001 to 99999 However the pulse scale should be set so that the pulse output span frequency fs shown in the auxiliary display is between 0 0001 Hz and 200 Hz 0 0001 Hz lt fs lt 200 Hz Units of flow rate Unit of SI volume flow rate 1 cm Unit of SI mass flow rate t kg g Unit of non SI volume flow rate mG kG mIG IG Unit of SI mass flow rate Ib Unit of time d h min s Default 10 000 m P Note Select the same unit systems volume unit or mass unit for the flow rate range and pulse scale Selection of different unit systems for them will cause set errors Err 22 PULSE WEIGHT SETTING ERROR See page 5 78 Calculation method of span frequency Span frequency fs can be calculated by the following formula fs Flow rate range Pulse scale To calculate fs pay attention to the following points Convert flow range into the range per second Select the same unit of flow rate for flow rate range and pulse scale Example When flow rate range 60 l min and pulse scale 10 cm P 1 Convert the flow rate range into the flow rate range per second 60 l min gt 60 60 1 1 1 5 2 Select the same unit of flow rate for flow rate range and pulse scale In this example the unit of pu
277. selection will be canceled and the display will return to the Detector config menu After returning to the Detector config menu press F2 SEND Changed setting will be transmitted to the converter The HART communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 7 13 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation Detector constant 7 14 Follow the procedures described below to set the detector constant Set the detector constants Ex value and C2 value printed on the nameplate Ex value 1 C2 value 1 From online menu Select h X MAGHEWZW XXXXXXXX See EX salus EX 1 Device setup 2 4 Detailed setup gt 1 Detector config ZO 2 3 Ex value 1 pe e e rir Figure 7 21 will then be displayed i drca manm v e nm IE zi 110111213 tat Figure 7 21 Use the numeric keys to enter a detector constant in the value input display Up to 5 digits including a decimal point can be entered Setting range of the detector constant is 200 0 to 699 9 Once a new value is entered press F4 ENTER to return to the Detector config menu When the value is outside the range error will be displayed Input the value again After returning to the Detector config menu IE F2 SEND Ch
278. set the momentarily flow of static pressure to Zero 1 2 Stop and make sure that the fluid to be calibrated inside the flowmeter is static From online menu Select 1 Device setup gt 3 Basic setup gt 6 Auto zero trim Figure 7 11 will then be displayed To adjust the zero point press F4 OK It will take approx 120 sec to adjust the zero point When F4 OK is pressed Figure 7 12 will be displayed and starts adjusting the zero point By pressing F3 ABORT the procedure is canceled Once zero point adjustment is completed Figure 7 13 is displayed Press F4 OK and return to the online menu Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C H kh x MAGHEWIYW saltim Gee tale m wait 17i Figure 7 11 H x MACGHNEW2SW XXXxXXXXX ifi aiti ng Ica fein Ba complete ABER Figure 7 12 i X MAGHEW2W XXXXXXXX Musis fura temp lata ANGORT Us Figure 7 13 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation Selecting display The display selection is set as follows 1 From online menu Select EM x 1 Device setup KARA 3 Basic setup ied select 7 Display select img Figure 7 14 will then be displayed md MER Figure 7 14 Once the display as shown in Figure 7 14 appears move the arrow key up or down to select a display After making a selection press FA ENTER Rate TOTAL can be selected If F
279. shown by black dots in the drawing Slip two centering nuts onto each through bolt ure before inserting the bolts Flange N Turn the detector so that the direction mark on the detector matches the direc tion of fluid flow 4 Insert the detector and gaskets between 7 E the pipe flanges R M ae sI Position the detector so that it sits on top of the centering Qd TX Q Direction of 2 fluid flow q O 3 Make sure that the detector remains prop erly centered Make sure that the gaskets do not pro trude beyond the edges of the pipe flanges When you have checked these items insert the remaining through bolts into the flange holes and tighten the bolts evenly using the appropriate fastening torque given on page 2 11 2 18 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation Installation on vertical pipe N CAUTION Improper installation may result in leakage or damage to the pipe flanges Required accessories The following parts are required e Through bolts and nuts Centering nuts e Gaskets The required gasket material will vary according to the material of the pipe on which the detector is to be installed See the installation procedures for different pipe materials described on page 2 20 to page 2 25 Procedure Follow this procedure to install the detector on a vertical pipe Step Action Drawin
280. stem integral 1 2 Figure 1 2 1 System configuration for analog output 1 Integral 1 3 Figure 1 2 2 System configuration for analog output 1 Remote 1 3 Figure 1 3 1 System configuration for analog output 2 Integral 1 5 Figure 1 3 2 System configuration for analog output Remote 1 5 Figure 1 4 1 System configuration for analog output 1 Integral 1 6 Figure 1 4 2 System configuration for analog output 2 Remote 1 6 Figure 1 5 1 System configuration for digital 1 7 Figure 1 5 2 System configuration for digital 1 8 Figure 1 6 1 Overview of integral type cccccccceesccesceeseceseeseeeeneesceeaeeeseecseecaeeeeeeeaeenaeenseeeseeeaees 1 9 Figure 1 6 2 Overview of remote type isses eene ennt 1 10 Figure 1 7 Detector details Flanged detector sse 1 11 Figure 1 8 Detector details wafer type detector sse 1 12 Figure 1 9 Indicator data setting device details sese 1 13 Figure I 10 Displays iiec ee ee nck e YR PERRA wen IE E Fe RR tenes 1 13 Figure 1 11 Terminal box details
281. t 23 F S DIR Press the key and check the self diagnostics result of the SFC 6 34 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Displaying software version SW VER key Procedure Use the following procedure to confirm the software version of the SFC and the converter connected to the SFC used Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Make sure that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX CLR READY If it is not press the key to set it SFCHGOSOEUUSE to READY 2 Press the key SHIFT 3 SW_VER SW NER Press the _3 SW VER key SIW VER XXXXXXXX SFC XMTR Result SFCMO00006066D The software version is displayed 4 After confirming the software version CLR No press the key to return to the screen in step 1 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 35 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Data printing Introduction To carry out correct flow rate measurement it is important to check the internal setting or response from the converter before starting to operate the converter or while the converter is in operation At this time it is convenient if you use the SFC with a printer to communicate with the converter and print out data The SFC with a printer has two types of printing functions as defined below Definiti
282. t always change over the control equipment to manual control This is for preventing the instrument s output shutdown from directly influencing the control equipment Procedure When stopping the instrument follow the following procedure Step Procedure 1 Change over the control equipment of this instrument to be stopped to manual control 2 Turn off power Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 4 3 MEMO Chapter 5 Operation using the data setting device This section describes how to operate this system from the data setting device This system configuration and settings can be made using the four keys on the data setting device Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 5 1 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 1 Startup Introduction With the model MTG all settings can be configured from the data setting unit Startup When the power supply is turned on the display changes in the order of OVERALL DISPLAY SELF CHECK MODE and MEASURING MODE OVERALL DISPLAY 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 dos Main display 7 segment 8 digit display e e e e e e e TOTAL flow rate Actual flow rate Integration value ES ES ER RE ET RT ED E ESL ELE ESL EI ELE I BEBE Unit display O H L BH H Ei H Sub display Display screen for setting Displayed for 2 seconds Main display 7 segment 8 digit blinks
283. t or changed using the SFC are Auto spike cut Moving average processing Moving average processing time Pulse output adjustment Excitation current adjustment Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 11 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 6 1 5 Before operating SFC Before SFC operation please read the following Status of two wired magnetic flowmeter SFC at SFC communication Make sure that the two wired magnetic flowmeter is in the Measuring Mode while setting it using the SFC communication If communicating with the other mode SFC will display IN LOCAL MODE on the screen and you cannot set or change using SFC communication In this case change the two wired magnetic flowmeter in the field to Measuring mode and then try to communicate again Two wired magnetic flowmeter will take this status LOCAL as someone setting or changing by touch sensor in the field This is to prevent the setting and changing operation from both sides Confirm write protect mode 6 12 Two wired magnetic flowmeter has a write protect function Write protect function is to prevent access to unauthorized persons and to prevent performing wrong operation Write protect can be set by the customer by setting the arbitrary 4 levels Please make sure that when write protect level is WPO reading and writing are available and when write protect level is WP1 2 or 3 only reading is available The pr
284. t remains in 0 of flow rate If the analog output remains in 0 flow rate please check whether the fuse break appears or not by following the procedures mentioned blow 2 Before Opening Make sure that there is no explosion hazard If necessary provide a Gas free certificate Make sure that all connections must be voltage free 3 How to check the fuse break Turn the power off Unscrew the display cover and loosen the three screws of the display board Keep the three screws for the reassembly of the display board Turn the display board carefully aside to access the check pins on the main board Fig 8 2 CP20 yellow check pin Figure 8 2 Figure 8 3 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 8 3 Maintenance and troubleshooting Yamatake Corporation Resistance Greater than 500 Yes Fuse may blow Fuse is not broken Remove the XY cable from the connector CN2 Fig 8 4 Check and look for the other causes for the problem Measure the resistance between No 1 pin of CN2 and CP20 Fig 8 5 No 1 pin of CN2 right side pin Ce209ellow checkin Figure 8 4 Figure 8 5 8 4 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Maintenance and troubleshooting Less than 20 Q Fuse is broken Check and look for the other causes for the problem 500 or greater Fuse was broken Replace the main board by following
285. t the reset value Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Confirm that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX CLR READY No xo If it is not press the key to FONO set it to READY 2 Press the key to access the MAGNEW CONFIG WORKING CONFIG functions Press the eres key or key to display the MAGNEW CONFIG screen as shown on the right TOTALIZER MENU SFCMO00006136D or vi PREV 3 NON VOL UN Press the key to access the TOTALIZER MENU TOTALIZER functions Press the RESET TOTALIZE key or key to display SFCM00006155D the screen as shown on the right or 4 NON VOL Lc TER Press the key Display the RESET TOTALIZE actual reset value 0012345678 CNTS 5 Enter the reset value to be set pressing the numeric keys RESET TOTALIZE 0033333333 CNTS SFCM00006157D 6 80 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Step Procedure SFC screen 6 NON VOL Press the The changed setting is saved on the SFC key RESET TOTALIZE ENTERED IN SFC SFCMO0006158D NON VOL ENTER Yes Press the key The screen as shown on the right NON VOL appears To reset press the key Totalized value is reset RESET TOTALIZE 0000111111 RST SFCMO0006159D RESET TOTALIZE
286. tact output wire connection diagram sseseeeeeeeeeeen eee 3 8 Figure 3 8 Wiring for power supply Integral type 3 10 Figure 3 9 Wiring for power supply Remote type ener 3 10 Figure 3 10 Wiring connection between detector and converter ess 3 10 Figure 5 1 Damping output characteristics sess eene enne 5 14 Figure 5 2 Auto spike cut output characteristics sseeeessesseeeeeere eene 5 18 Figure 5 3 Output characteristics of moving average processing 5 19 grani M 5 71 Figure 6 I D tails of SEQ eee Ee te ie Medea 6 1 Figure 6 3 SEC witimng connections ecra tee eret reet n 6 11 Figure 6 4 Data setting screen oo cece eceecceesccesceeseceseeeceeeaeesceeseceseceseecsecsaeeaeeeaeeaeseaeeeaeeaenaees 6 13 Figure 8 1 Replacement of indicator data setting device with the cover removed 8 2 Figure 8 2 ea reete E E e een se Pe 8 3 Pigure 8 3 iia ae NR Ee teh ive rein E ne Eee eee Ed ages 8 3 Ligure 8 42 gui OR am e eem nma etd t 8 4 Fipurej8 5 8 4 Fig re 8 6 e d 8 5 Figure Em 8 5 Figure 8 8 Spare parts for integral type essere 8 9 Figure 8 9 Spare parts for remote type converter sssssssssseseeeeeen eene 8 11 Figure 8 10 Spare parts for remote type detector
287. te 1 Protec o por inv lucros tD Instru o de instala o para utiliza o segura Nenhuma Condi es especiais para utiliza o segura Nenhuma 1 30 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure azbil Yamatake Corporation 80392300 003 Revis o 01 N s Yamatake Corporation DECLARA O DE CONFORMIDADE CE Fujisawa Technology Center 1 12 2 Kawana Fujisawa shi Kanagawa ken 251 8522 Jap o declaramos sob a nossa responsabilidade exclusiva que os produtos destinados a ser utilizados em atmosfera explosiva Magnew Neo Magnew Two wire PLUS Smart Two wire Electromagnetic Flowmeter Model MTG18A with Ex nA que s o o objecto desta declara o satisfazem os requisitos das seguintes Directivas 2004 108 EC sobre a aproxima o das legisla es dos Estados Membros relativa compatibilidade electromagn tica 94 9 do Parlamento Europeu e do Conselho de 23 de Mar o de 1994 relativa aproxima o das legisla es dos Estados Membros sobre aparelhos e sistemas de protec o destinados a ser utilizados em atmosferas potencialmente explosivas Esta declara o est baseada no Ficheiro T cnico CEM 80392303 001 no Certificado de Conformidade CEM E9 06 09 61160 006 no Certificado de Exame do tipo CE KEMA 07ATEX0066 no cumprimento das seguintes normas EN 61326 1 2006 Equipamento el ctrico de medi
288. ted in EA percentage The example to the right shows a case where a current equivalent to 25 flow rate is generated 4 NON VOL ome Press the key OUTPUT XXXXXXXX This generates a constant current output 25 00 from the converter A mark is displayed on the screen during the output 5 To cancel the constant current output MAG XXXXXXXX QUIS press and then press the key READY CLR No When the constant current output is canceled the mark on the screen disappears Be sure to perform this operation at the end of the loop check However even if the instrument is left without performing this operation the current output is automatically canceled after 10 minutes SFCM00006009D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Making zero adjustment CORRECT key Use the following procedure to do the auto zero adjustment from the SFC When adjusting auto zero point stop and make static the fluid in the flow meter Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 CLR No Make sure that the SFC is set to READY Ifa screen other than the one here to the right is displayed press the key MAG XXXXXXXX READY SFCM00006009D SHIFT BIB INPUT ouT J PUT Press the key and then press the INPUT Result The actual measured
289. ter s communication method to HART to communicate with HART Communicator Note that after changing the setting when moving to the measuring mode by pressing the MODE key converter will reboot HART Set when executing the HART communication using HART Communicator SFN A Set when using the SFC with analog 4 to 20 mA output mode SFN D Set when DE Digital Enhancement communication is used NONE Set when communication is not used Default setting is SFN A SFC analog output Follow the procedures described below to select the communication method Step Procedure Screen The screen on the right is an example in the MEASURING MODE 20 0 Press the MODE ke 01 94 m h y WPO 00069401 2 Operator s mode will be displayed approx 2 sec 20 0 9 And the damping setting display will appear OPERATOR S MODE 20 0 DAMPING 005 0 s 3 Press the f key 3 times The screen as shown on 20 0 the right will appear COM SELECT SFN A 4 Move the cursor to the communication method 20 0 9 SFN A SFN D NONE HART by pressing the COM SELECT gt key The screen as shown on the right is SFN A example of when SFN A is selected for communication method 5 Press the T key or 4 key and select the HART TUE d o communication method COM SELECT HART 7 2 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corp
290. the data setting device Yamatake Corporation 5 6 10 Setting drop out This function is used to set the drop out value for the pulse output The pulse output will be cut off at this point to avoid flow pulsation in range values close to zero thus preventing incorrect totalization of the flow rate Pulse counting pauses when the flow rate reaches this preset percentage of the set range The low flow cutoff function affects the drop out function of the MagneW Two wire PLUS Please refer to the following table describing how the drop out function of the MagneW Two wire PLUS works Drop out function of the MagneW Two wire PLUS LFC Low flow cutoff DO Drop out Area LFC setting value gt DO LFC setting value lt DO setting setting value value Pulse output When the flow rate is less than When the flow rate is less than the the LFC setting value the pulse DO setting value the pulse output is output is fixed to zero does not fixed to zero does not generate generate pulses pulses Built in counter When the flow rate is less than When the flow rate is less than the Totalized the LFC setting value the DO setting value the totalized value totalized value is not counted up value is not counted up Setting range 0 to 10 Default 2 Set drop out in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter ENGINEERING MODE in
291. thod This function is used when changing the communication method from HART communication to SFN communication or without communication This function is not used normally If changing the communication method other than the HART HART communication cannot be used Therefore if changing the communication other than the HART see 7 1 2 Two wired magflow meter converter setting and set the communication method to HART 1 From online menu Select Hi 1 Device setup mu WZW XXXXXXXX 2 4 Detailed setup g gt 2 Conf output 1 HART 2 6 COMM output pekabo Figure 7 17 will then be displayed aver ABORT Figure 7 17 2 Once the display as shown in Figure 7 17 appears move the arrow key up or down to select communication method After making a selection press F4 ENTER If F3 ABORT is pressed here the selection will be canceled and the display will return to the COMM output menu 3 When F4 ENTER is pressed Figure 7 18 will be displayed ie xX confirmation If communication peed method is correct select Yes and scat press F4 ENTER If No selected or iim F3 ABORT is pressed here selection will be canceled and the display will return to selecting menu display ABORT ENTER Figure 7 18 7 12 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using HART communicator 7 2 2 Setting converter data Detector diameter Follow the
292. ting will be transmitted to the converter The HART communicator mark will appear on the upper right hand corner while HART is communicating with the device The mark will disappear once communication has properly completed Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 7 25 Operation using HART communicator Yamatake Corporation 7 3 Calibrating and Inspecting the device by HART Communicator and other functions 7 3 1 Device adjustment Analog current output adjustment 7 26 To adjust analog output 4 mA and 20 mA adjustment proceed as follows 1 From online menu Select 1 Device setup gt 2 Diag Service gt 3 Calibration 1 D O trim Figure 7 43 will then be displayed If the control system is not affected by the forcible change of the current signal press F4 OK By pressing F3 ABORT the procedure is canceled Once the display as shown in Figure 7 44 appears move the arrow key up or down to select a current output to adjust and then press F4 ENTER This time select 4 mA Figure 7 45 will then appears Connect the device to measure the current output and then press F4 OK H x MACHEWAZVW XXXEXEXXXX sap ow be ramsvssd hom 1 Figure 7 43 H x MAGNEW2W XXXXXXXX Charis D trim ee T mes Y Em NTER Figure 7 44 H E MACHEVWZW XXXXEXXXX Lsmneciasfsrsnca majar Figure 7 45 Mode
293. tion carefully as equipment damage can result from a wrong choice Setting range LOW Analog output is driven to low scale TYP 3 7 mA HIGH Analog output is driven to high scale 21 8 mA HOLD Analog output is held at its last good value Default LOW Set failsafe mode for analog output in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter ENGINEERING MODE in accordance with the entry into ENGINEERING MODE see P 7 NOSE section 5 5 9 on page 5 36 Then press T or 4 IOUT LOW key to display the screen at right 2 Press the gt key 12 3 ERROR OUT MODE LOW 3 Using the T or key determine the failsafe mode for analog output 12 3 ERROR OUT MODE HIGH 4 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under 12 3 96 Press the MODE key to return to the ERROR OUT MODE MEASURING MODE and to save data LOUT RIGH A CAUTION You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value 5 58 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 6 14 Selecting failsafe mode for pulse output This function is used to determine the pulse output direction when the flowmeter detects a critical status condition CAUTION The failsafe mode is very important
294. tions Missetting or misoperation Instrument malfunction Ifa problem occurs during operation the device s self diagnostic function will classify it as critical or non critical It will indicate this and respond accordingly Critical failure Critical problems may obstruct electromagnetic flowmeter operation if not corrected ultimately damage the flowmeter When critical problem occurs during operation an error message will appear on the converter s display panel and the output continues to output the value set in the direction of abnormality processing The error message and self diagnosis results can be read through communication SFC HART communicator Non critical failure Non critical problems will not seriously affect electromagnetic flowmeter operation When an error occurs during operation and is regarded as a non critical problem by the converter self diagnostics the output will not burn out and the flowmeter will continue to output the measured value Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Maintenance and troubleshooting Troubles at startup Troubleshooting When a problem occurs at start up perform the following procedures If the problem remains it is possible that the device has been damaged Contact your local Yamatake representative Trouble Check point and troubleshooting No indication on display panel when powered on Check the specifications of the powe
295. tive plate Lining Grounding Gasket ring Figure 2 31 Installation using SUS material grounding ring with protective plate 3 Use this method to install the detector using a low fastening torque and rubber gaskets Remove the grounding ring from the detector insert a rubber gasket 0 5 to 1 0 mm thick between the lining and the grounding ring then reinsert the grounding ring Then remove the PTFE gasket and attach a gasket 3 to 4 mm thick instead Under these conditions attach the detector to the pipe as shown in Figure 2 32 Fasten the bolts to a torque that provides a leakproof joint Rubber gasket 0 5 1 mm Lining Grounding ring Rubber gasket Figure 2 32 Installation using SUS material grounding ring with rubber gasket 2 34 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation Installation on PVC pipe 2 Introduction The installation method described in this section is to be used for the following combination of pipe and grounding ring materials For the installation method used for any other combination refer to the table on page 2 30 Pipe material PVC Grounding ring material Non SUS material Required parts The following parts are required e Through bolts and nuts e Gaskets No gaskets are necessary due to the provision of a PTFE gasket When using a rubber gasket two gaskets of the same material and of two thicknesses 0 5
296. tor sse 2 15 Figure 2 14 Vertical centering of the detector sss eere 2 15 Figure 2 15 Installation using SUS material grounding ring and metal pipe 2 20 Figure 2 16 Installation using Non SUS material grounding ring and metal pipe 2 21 Figure 2 17 Example of incorrect installation essere 2 21 Figure 2 18 Installation using SUS material grounding ring sese 2 22 Figure 2 19 Installation using SUS material grounding ring with protective plate 2 23 Figure 2 20 Installation using SUS material grounding ring with rubber gasket 2 23 Figure 2 21 Installation using Non SUS material grounding ring 2 24 Figure 2 22 Installation using Non SUS grounding ring with protective plate 2 25 Figure 2 23 Installation using Non SUS grounding ring with rubber gasket 2 25 Figure 2 24 Installation example sss eene nennen nennen 2 26 List of Figures amp Tables Eig re 2 25 uPlange Shapes cce e tances RN OST LORS 2 28 Figure 2 26 Example of incorrect mounting enne nnne 2 28 Figure 2 27 Installation using SUS material grounding rings sss 2 31 Figure 2 28 Installation using Non SUS material grounding ring 2 32 Figure 2 29 Example of incorrect 1 5
297. tor output to ON OPEN Sets the open collector output to OFF Default OPEN Set the contact output status in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter ENGINEERING MODE in accordance with the entry into ENGINEERING MODE See 5 5 12 3 10 Entering ENGINEERING MODE and ee ac MAINTENANCE MODE on page 5 36 Then press the T or 4 key to display the screen at right 2 Press the gt key 12 3 ST OUT MODE NORMAL CLOSE 3 Using the T key set the contact output status 12 3 96 ST OUT MODE NORMAL OPEN 4 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under 12 3 Press the MODE key to return to the ST OUT MODE MEASURING MODE and to save data RORY OPEN CAUTION You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value 5 60 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 7 Configuration of MAINTENANCE MODE Introduction MAINTENANCE MODE consists of the following three types OUTPUT CHECK MODE CALIBRATION MODE and CRITICAL MODE For details on the modes see the following pages LCD display flow The LCD display flow of MAINTENACE MODE is as follows gt MAINTENANCE MODE Displayed for 3 sec 2 OUTPUT CHECK MODE OFF t E
298. tput values as the meter measures Analog output is fixed to 0 4mA Analog output is held at its last good value Pulse output Output values as the meter measures Pulse output is fixed to 0 does not generate pulses Pulse output is held at its present state Display Display the value as it measures Flashes the message 0 and Empty or scale on electrode alternately when flow rate is specified for the main display Flashes the message 0 000 RATE and Empty or scale on electrode alternately when actual flow rate is specified for the main display Flashes the message XXXXXXXX totalized value at setup and Empty or scale on electrode alternately when totalized value is specified for the main display Flashes the values at its last good values and a message of Empty or scale on electrode alternately Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Set the Electrode status output mode in accordance with the following procedures Step Procedure Screen 1 The screen at right is a screen display example in E MEASURING MODE measurement state e 1 94 m3 h WPO 00069401 2 Press the MODE key 20 0 The OPERATOR S MODE screen appears for S4 OPERATOR S approximately two seconds and then the damping
299. trode Status Diagnostic Electrode status diagnostic troubleshooting sss Selecting the Electrode Status Output Mode sse Selecting flow rate to be displayed in the main display Selecting a communication system sssssssssssssssese eene ener enne Entering ENGINEERING MODE and MAINTENANCE MODE Configuration of ENGINEERING MODE scene NI ECIAM 5 6 2 5 6 3 5 6 4 5 6 5 5 6 6 5 6 7 5 6 8 5 6 9 5 6 10 5 6 11 5 6 12 5 6 13 5 6 14 5 6 15 5 7 5 7 1 5 7 2 5 7 3 5 7 4 5 7 5 5 7 6 5 7 7 5 7 8 5 7 9 5 7 10 5 8 Table of Contents Selecting Pulse Output Electrode Status Output or High Low Status Output 5 42 Setting detector 5 44 Setting detector A tenens e nnne ressent nnne nen 5 45 Setting flow rate range eer to d peru Deb d e Le aeu e deis 5 46 Setting and changing compensation coefficient sssssssssseeee 5 47 Setting specific gravity a cede eda de ede eene as 5 48 Settirig pulse scale 2 attt ie EIE REDE eI E Rot D ne tine ds 5 49
300. tting value for low flow cutoff and setting the auto spike cut to ON Electrode status diagnostic operation error after the surrounding noise environment has been changed by expansion of equipment etc such as changing the installation location or installing the high current motors or pumps Since change of the environment also changes the noise volume the electrode status diagnostic may not function correctly with the conventional threshold value for it In this case reset the threshold value Empty detected with flowing fluid in fluid filled status empty not detected with stationary fluid The empty status may be detected even when the fluid is filled because of the effects of the flow noises generated from the flowing fluid In this case reset the threshold value so that the empty status is not mistakenly detected when the fluid is flowing Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Selecting the Electrode Status Output Mode Setting the output mode when the Electrode Status Diagnostic function detects the empty or scale on electrode status There are the following three electrode status output modes OFF ZERO HOLD Default setting OFF Details of the Electrode Status Output mode Output Display Parameter selection in the Electrode status output mode OFF ZERO HOLD Analog 4 20mA output Ou
301. ualit tssicherung zustandige Organisation sind KEMA Quality B V 0344 Utrechtseweg 310 6812 AR Amhem Box 5185 6802 ED Amhem The Netherlands Der autorisierter Unterzeichner dieser Erkl rung im Auftrag des Herstellers und die verantwortliche in Europa stationierte Person sind unten identifiziert dif f 4 J Azbil Europe N V o Fd D o Bosdellestraat 120 2 Vua B 1933 Zaventem Sterrebeek leitender Gesch ftsf hrer Belgium Ausstellungsdatum 10 10 2009 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 1 23 Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation 1 Certificacion ATEX Tipo n Espanol C digo de selecci n de aprobaci n 4 Informaci n de Marca C 0344 9 II3 GD Ex nA II T6 T135 C en Tproceso 40 85 C Ex nA II T5 T135 C en Tproceso 40 100 C Ex nA II T4 T135 C en Tproceso 40 130 C 40 C lt Tamb lt 60 C KEMA 07ATEX0066 IP66 67 Estandares aplicables EN 60079 0 2006 Material el ctrico para atm sferas de gas explosivas Parte 0 Requisitos generales EN 60079 15 2005 Material el ctrico para atm sferas de gas explosivas Parte 15 Construcci n ensayo y marcado de material el ctrico de modo de protecci n no productor de chispas EN 61241 0 2006 Material el ctrico para uso en presencia de polvo inflamable Parte 0 Requisitos generales EN 61241 1 2004 Material el ctr
302. uch keys Each key is assigned to up to three types of input functions The alphabet To enter a letter of the alphabet press the key to display the O cursor in the display window first Then press the key of the desired letter DE READ Function numeral or symbol at the center of the key To access this function numeral or symbol make sure the _ cursor is displayed in the display window Pressing the key toggles the Ll cursor and cursor Function displayed on the key To access this function press the key to display SHIFT in the display window first SHIFT SFCMO00006002D Then press the key you want to enter If you have pressed the key by mistake press the key Key color coding The 32 touch keys can be roughly divided into 5 categories according to their function and are color coded as follows Green Mainly used to communicate with the two wired magnetic flowmeter converter or display or change the setting Orange Mainly used to communicate with the two wired magnetic flowmeter or select the screen or decide the menu Yellow Mainly used to enter numerals e Dark brown Mainly used for diagnostics or check White Used to control the keyboard or for auxiliary operation Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 3 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Rules of key operations and interaction with screens General rules for key
303. ue pour atmospheres explosives gazeuses Partie 15 Construction essais et marquage des materiel lectrique du mode de protection n EN 61241 0 2006 Mat riels lectriques pour utilisation en pr sence de poussi res combustibles Partie 0 Exigences g n rales EN 61241 1 2004 Mat riels lectriques pour utilisation en pr sence de poussi res combustibles Partie 1 Protection par enveloppes tD Le nom le num ro d identification et l adresse de l organisme notifi responsable de la notification de l assurance de la qualit de la production sont KEMA Quality B V 0344 Utrechtseweg 310 6812 AR Arnhem P O Box 5185 6802 ED Arnhem The Netherlands La signature autoris e de cette d claration au nom du fabricant et la personne responsable bas e dans l Union Europ enne est identifi e ci dessous Azbil Europe N V Z Er Bosdellestraat 120 2 M VERA B 1933 Zaventem Sterrebeek Administrateur d l gu Belgium Fait le 10 10 2009 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 1 21 Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation 1 ATEX Type n Bescheinigung Deutsch Genehmigungswahl Kode 4 Kennzeichnungsinformationen C 0344 9 II3 GD Ex nA II T6 T135 C bij Tprocess 40 85 Ex nA II T5 T135 C bij Tprocess 40 100 C Ex nA II T4 T135 C bij Tprocess 40 130 C 40 C lt Tamb lt 60 C KEMA 07ATEX0066
304. ult WORKING The screen as shown on the right appears and the changed setting is DETECTOR caa written into the database of the PATY ORDER converter The screen returns to step 3 9 To exit this setting function press the CLR 1 0 NON OL NON VOL Result The screen exits the detector constant setting function and returns to the screen in step 1 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 49 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Setting detector type TYPE function Introduction The type of the detector of the converter is set at the factory according to the ordered specifications The settings of this type can be changed When using two wired magnetic flowmeter it is necessary to select MGG refer to step 6 for detector type Procedure Use the following procedure to set the type of the detector Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Make sure that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX CLR READY If it is not press the key to set it to READY 2 Press the s key t th ress the 4 ey to access the MagneW CONFIG CONFIG functions RANGE CONFIG 3 n EE Vip ie key or mw J key to MagneW CONFIG NEXT display the screen as shown on the DETECTOR DATA Or right SFCMO00006019D PREV 4 NON VOL ED Lo Press the key MAGNEW CONFIG WORKING 5 ME Ven the key or key to
305. ument either its data setting device or communication line may be used This chapter describes the operation by using the SFC Chapter 7 To manipulate the instrument either its data setting device or communication line may be used This chapter describes the operation by using HART communicator Chapter 8 Describes the procedures that are necessary for maintenance inspection and troubleshooting of the instrument Use this chapter when searching for an explanation necessary for maintenance or troubleshooting iv Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Table of Contents Chapter 1 Model MTG11A1 18A111BI18BI14C System configuration and structure Outline of this chaptet 1 n con eo hr e ee or tete ipto ne piter edt iota 1 1 1 1 System 1 2 Measutring System 5 ctt tetti teda Up re ee cM eae E nate cO SP ta 1 2 System configuration for analog 1 3 System configuration for analog output and pulse 1 5 System configuration for analog output and contact 1 6 System configuration for digital output DE 1 7 1 2 Structure of this instrument and functions of its various parts 1 9
306. unding ring material SUS Required accessories The following parts are required e Through bolts and nuts Centering nuts Gaskets We recommend using non rubber gaskets such as those made of joint sheet or PTFE For recommended internal diameters refer to Table 2 2 on page 2 16 Although rubber gaskets may be used it is not possible to reduce the fastening torque Installation procedure Install the detector as shown in Figure 2 15 The torque level for tightening the bolts is not related to the gasket material See Table 2 1 on page 2 12 for the appropriate torque For the internal diameter of the gaskets see Table 2 2 on page 2 16 To use rubber gaskets for a low fastening torque refer to page 2 25 Please note that the use of rubber gaskets and a lower fastening torque may result in insufficient surface pressure between the lining and the grounding ring resulting in leakage 3 d Pipe side flange Ld P Lining Gasket Grounding ring Figure 2 15 Installation using SUS material grounding ring and metal pipe Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation Installation on metal pipe 2 Introduction The installation method described in this section corresponds to the following combination of pipe and grounding ring materials For the installation method corresponding to any other combination refer to the table on pa
307. unication loop 7 HIRES LO VOLT The load resistance of the loop is too large or the power supply voltage is too low 6 32 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device No Error message Checkpoint and action 8 ILLEGAL RESPONSE Abnormal communication with the electromagnetic flowmeter Check the communication cable and load resistance 9 INLOCAL MODE The converter is currently being operated from the display panel Atthis time it is not possible to communicate from the SFC 10 IN OUTPUT MODE The converter is in constant current generation mode Press the key and then press the key to cancel the mode 11 INVALID DATABASE A critical failure Stop the electromagnetic flow meter This error occurs because the converter database has not been set correctly when the power to the converter is turned ON Re enter the CONF data 12 INVALID REQUEST The requested function cannot be performed Check the operation procedure of the SFC and press the key 13 LOCAL MODE The converter is being operated At this time it is not possible to communicate from the SFC 14 NO XMTR RESPONSE There is no response from the electromagnetic flow meter Check the communication cable and measurement loop 15 NVM FAULT A critical failure Stop the electromagnetic flow meter The
308. value that cut the flow velocity of 0 03 m s or less flow rate Example Ifthe flow velocity range is set as 2 m s the lower limit of the low flow cutoff value is 1 5 0 03 2 0 015 1 5 Setting range 1 to 10 Default Depends on the velocity range Set low flow cut in accordance with the following procedure Step Procedure Screen 1 Enter ENGINEERING MODE in accordance with the entry into ENGINEERING MODE see 12 3 section 5 5 9 on page 5 36 Then press the T or 4 3 LOWEEOW Sud key to display the screen at right ki 2 Press the gt key The cursor then moves to the position of low 12 3 flow cul valtie LOW FLOW CUT 02 3 Using the T or J key change the value to a desired value to be set 12 3 96 LOW FLOW CUT 05 4 Press the gt key to move the cursor to the position under 12 3 96 Press the MODE key to return to MEASURING LOW FLOW CUT A MODE and to save data 05 A CAUTION You have only ten minutes to return to MEASURING MODE to save the new value before the system resets it to the previously saved value 5 56 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device 5 6 12 Setting upper and lower limit alarm This function is used to set the upper and lower limit alarm set points when the contact output is selected An alarm is output when the flow rate exceed
309. value appears as shown on the right INPUT XXXXXXXX 0 00 m3 h SFCM00006075D RESET K RECT RESET Press the key Zero INPUT will be displayed Confirm that the actual flow rate equals to zero INPUT XXXXXXXX ZEROINPUT SFCM00006076D NON VOL ENTER Yes After checking the flow rate press the key Result Auto zero point adjustment is initiated It takes approx 2 min When the screen returns to the previous screen auto zero adjustment is completed INPUT XXXXXXXX WORKING SFCM00006077D INPUT XXXXXXXX 0 00 m3 h SFCM00006075D CLR No Press the key to return to at step 1 INPUT XXXXXXXX READY SFCM00006078D Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 29 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Displaying flow rate measured value INPUT key Procedure Use the following procedure to be able to read the instantaneous flow rate value measured by the converter from the SFC Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Make sure that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX CLR READY No If it is not press the key to set SFCHUODUSO09D it to READY 2 Press the key SHIFT 3 INPUT P h m k ress the ey INPUT XXXXXXXX Result 100 0 ton hr The instantaneous flow rate value appears as shown on the rig
310. verter becomes 100 20 mA DC in the case of analog output and means an upper range value of the output range of the converter Pressing the key displays the set URV e g 10 000 m h on the screen URV setting range is 0 3 to 10 m s in flow rate conversion Procedure Use the following procedure to display or change the set output range Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Make sure that the SFC is set to READY MAG XXXXXXXX READY If it is not press the key to set it to READY Press the S F res sine URV 3 Result 000060360 The set appears as shown to the right 3 A DE AS Use numeric keys and key to URV XXXXXXXX enter the URV to be set 25 00 m h 4 NON VOL NON VOL Press the key URV XXXXXXXX oo 25 00 ms h 5 mS When pressing se key COEF XXXXXXXX correction coefficient will be set Set if 1 0000 necessary 6 NON VOL NON VOL Press the key Yes 7 Press the amp 5 key to return to step 1 e ey to return to step Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the data setting device Displaying transmitting output OUTPUT key Procedure Use the following procedure to be able to read the current output value from the converter to the SFC Step
311. vice Printing internal data PRINT key Used when Configuration printout data printout is used to print out internal data of the converter such as a damping time constant low flow cutoff etc Procedure Use the following procedure to carry out configuration printout Step Key Procedure SFC screen 1 Start communication between the SFC and converter For a detailed procedure see Starting communication ID DE READ key on page 6 19 CLR No Make sure that the SFC is set to READY If itis not press the key set it to READY MAG XXXXXXXX READY SFCMO00006009D SHIFT Press the key SHIFT SFCM00006002D PRINT PRINT Press the key Result Configuration printout starts WORKING SFCM00006015D PRINTING SFCM00006016D CLR No When printing is completed press the key to return step 2 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Printing example The following shows an example of an actual configuration printout accompanied by line by line descriptions Printing example 02 01 01 00 00 TAG No XXXXXXXX Detector DIA 50A TYPE MGG EX 300 0 mA RANGE SINGLE ANA DE ANALOG XMTR DI DI NOT USED DO DO NOT USED SW VER 3 1 DAMP 3 00 SPANI 70 69 m3 GRAVITY 1 0000 C
312. vice Yamatake Corporation Electrode status diagnostic flow chart Install the MTG 2 to the pipe Pipe should be empty Electrode Status Diagnostic function Default setting SENSITIVITY OFF Change the SENSITIVITY to HIGH when the pipe is empty or the scale appears on electrode Blink EMPTY OR SCALE Electrode Status Diagnostic function is not applicable ON ELECTRODE Change the SENSITIVITY to OFF Change the SENSITIVITY to MID when the pipe is empty or the scale appears on electrode Change the SENSITIVITY to EMPTY OR SCALE HIGH when the flowtube is ON ELECTRODE filled with the process fluid Electrode Status Diagnostic EMPTY OR SCALE function is not applicable ON ELECTRODE Change the SENSITIVITY to OFF Change the SENSITIVITY to LOW Use the Electrode Status when the pipe is empty or the scale Diagnostic function with the appears on electrode SENSITIVITY HIGH Blink EMPTY OR SCALE ON ELECTRODE NO Change the SENSITIVITY to MID when the flowtube is filled with the process fluid YES Electrode Status Diagnostic Change the SENSITIVITY to LL function is not applicable when the pipe is empty or the scale appears on electrode EMPTY OR SCALE ON ELECTRODE Change the SENSITIVITY to OFF Use the Electrode Status Diagnostic function with the SENSITIVITY MID 5 28 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Operation using the d
313. vice is available Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Electrical wiring Yamatake Corporation Wiring connection for pulse output The pulse output is an open collector output Carry out the wiring paying attention to the voltage and polarity Protective diode C ee a 100mA max STATUS OUT 4 M 1 JUL 1 al Ps 1 1 Cw m Load borse Mee ORE E vile gus Td Avoid this polarity os uud External power source 30 V DC max Figure 3 6 Pulse output wire connection diagram CAUTION Incorrect wiring polarity can cause damage to the equipment Double check the wiring position Use an external power source that meets the voltage and capacity specifications Wiring connection for contact output Because of an open collector output carry out wiring paying attention to the polarity Protective diode Load 1 i 1 1 1 Y i 1 i 1 Vi D 1 1 9 1 1 1 i 1 STATUS OUT E 1 Avoid this polarity res oe eal External power source 30 V DC max Figure 3 7 Contact output wire connection diagram CAUTION Incorrect wiring polarity can cause damage to the equipment Double check the wiring position Use an external power source that meets the voltage and capacity specifications 3 8 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B
314. waliteit zijn KEMA Quality B V 0344 Utrechtseweg 310 6812 AR Amhem Box 5185 6802 ED Arnhem Nederland De geautoriseerde ondertekenaar van deze verklaring namens de fabrikant en de verantwoordelijke persoon gebaseerd in de EU staat hieronder vermeld Azbil Europe N V a A A _ aui Bosdellestraat 120 2 M Viada B 1933 Zaventem Sterrebeek Managing Director Belgi Opgemaakt op 10 10 2009 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 1 29 Model MTG11A 18A 11B 18B 14C System configuration and structure Yamatake Corporation 1 Certificagao de tipo n ATEX Portugu s C digo de selec o de aprova o 4 Informag es de marcac o C 0344 9 II3 GD Ex nA II T6 T135 C a Tprocesso 40 85 C Ex nA II T5 T135 C a Tprocesso 40 100 C Ex nA II T4 T135 C a Tprocesso 40 130 C 40 C lt Tamb lt 60 C KEMA 07ATEX0066 IP66 67 Normas aplicaveis EN 60079 0 2006 Equipamentos el ctricos para atmosferas explosivas Parte 0 Regras gerais N 60079 15 2005 Material el ctrico atmosferas explosivas Parte 15 onstruc o ensaios marca o de aparelhos el ctricos do tipo de protec o N 61241 0 2006 Aparelhagem el ctrica para utiliza o em presen a de poeira ombustivel Parte 0 Regras gerais em N 61241 1 2004 Aparelhagem el ctrica para utiliza o em presen a de poeira combust vel Par
315. wetten van de Lidstaten met betrekking tot elektromagnetische geschiktheid 94 9 EC van het Europese Parlement en de Raad van 23 maart 1994 over de aanpassing van de wetten van de Lidstaten met betrekking tot uitrusting en beschermende systemen bedoeld voor gebruik in potentieel explosieve atmosferen Deze verklaring is gebaseerd op het EMC Technische Bestand 80392303 001 het EMC Conformiteitscertificaat E9 06 09 61160 006 het EC Typeonderzoekcertificaat 07 066 het respect van de volgende normen EN 61326 1 2006 Elektrische uitrusting voor meting besturing en laboratoriumgebruik EMC eisen Deel 1 Algemene eisen EN 61326 2 3 2006 Elektrische uitrusting voor meting besturing en laboratoriumgebruik EMC eisen Deel 2 3 Speciale eisen EN 60079 0 2006 Elektrisch materieel voor plaatsen waar gasontploffingsgevaar kan heersen Deel 0 Algemene eisen EN 60079 15 2005 Elektrisch materieel voor plaatsen waar gasontploffingsgevaar kan heersen Deel 15 Constructie beproeven en merken van beschermingswijze n EN 61241 0 2006 Elektrisch materieel voor plaatsen waar stofontploffingsgevaar kan heersen Deel 0 Algemene eisen EN 61241 1 2004 Elektrisch materieel voor plaatsen waar stofontploffingsgevaar kan heersen Deel 1 Drukvast omhulsel De naam het identificatienummer en het adres van het ingelichte orgaan verantwoordelijk voor de verzekerende berichtgeving aangaande de productiek
316. width that is DUTY 50 of the span frequency The pulse width is automatically set In this case the calculated value of the pulse width does not appear on the display Calculation method 2 In addition if the pulse width calculated by the calculation method 1 exceeds 1 second the pulse width is set to 1 second Calculation method 1 When the range is 360 m h and pulse scale is 2 1 P First convert the unit of range to calculate the span frequency Convert the range into the unit of per second s 360 m h gt 0 1 Convert the unit of flow rate range to be same as the unit of pulse scale 0 1 m s gt 0 1 1000 I s 100 1 Calculation of span frequency 100 1 5 2 I P 50 Hz 50 Hz gt 20 ms 7 A Calculation of pulse width where the DUTY ratio is equivalent to 50 B 0 5 0 5 x 20 ms 10 ms Therefore the pulse width is 10 ms Calculation method 2 When the range is 36 m h and pulse scale is 100 1 P First convert the unit of range to calculate the span frequency Convert the range into the unit of per second s 36 m h gt 0 01 m s Convert the unit of flow rate range to be same as unit of pulse scale 0 01 m s gt 0 01 1000 I s 101 Calculation of span frequency 10 I s 100 0 1 Hz 0 1 Hz gt 10s A Calculation of pulse width where the DUTY ratio is equivalent to 50 0 5 0 5 10s 58 Because the calculated pulse width exceeds 1 s it takes 15 5 52 Model
317. wn to the right LOOP IN MANUAL If a different display appears refer to PRESS ID Setting using SFC communication 1 ese setting using key assigned functions on page 6 19 2 Carry out the following operation according to the output format of the MAG DE TAGNo SFC used MAG SR XXXXXXXX For SEN A analog output For SFN A communication method press the DE READ key MAG TAG No A MAG SR XXXXXXXX For SFN D digital output communication method press the For SFN D DE READ B 3 ALPHA 1 m Use the key and numeric keys to RE DETAG NS o m o enter up to 8 alphanumeric characters MAG SR FIC 123 for a TAG No SFCMO00006030D A gt DE Note On this screen the key and A DE numeric keys and key and key are active Even if other keys are pressed there will be no ALPHA response To enter letters press the key ALPHA and display the cursor To enter numerals press the key again and display cursor Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 6 21 Operation using the data setting device Yamatake Corporation Step Key Procedure SFC screen ine fom k ISPAIMIS e MAG DE TAG No ves Result MAG SR FIC 123 After WORKING appears on the For SFN A dn screen the TAG No just entered appears Hereafter this name MAG DE TAG No becomes the TAG No
318. ws take care not to entangle the cable 8 Attach the front cover Note Take care not to injure your fingers by the cover edge or the thread in the case Figure 2 5 Changing the display data setting device direction 2 8 Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C Yamatake Corporation Instrument installation Movable range of display data setting device Figure 2 6 Movable range of display data setting device Note Do not unpack the flowmeter in a location containing high humidity corrosive gas atmosphere and dusty There is an effect of preventing injury by static electricity when working to be near to prevent and internal element being damaged by static electricity when touches an internal display board after it lightly touches the metal structure However it should be grounded Model MTG11A 18A MTG11B 18B MTG14C 2 9 Instrument installation Yamatake Corporation Wiring connection distance of remote type converter and detector When installing the converter and the detector there is limitation on the cable length by the conductivity o

caution - Azbil North America

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents